Quarterlytics / Industrials / Consulting Services / FTI Consulting

FTI Consulting

fcn · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker fcn
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Consulting Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2006 Annual Report · FTI Consulting
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
PROTECTING ENTERPRISE VALUE 
IN A COMPLEX WORLD 2006 ANNUAL REPORT

®

I

PROTEGEMOS EL VALOR EMPRESARIALEN UN MUNDO COMPLEJOSCHUTZ DES FIRMENWERTSIN EINER KOMPLIZIERTEN WELTPROTÉGER LA VALEUR D’ENTREPRISEDANS UN MONDE COMPLEXE PROTEGEMOS EL VALOR EMPRESARIALEN UN MUNDO COMPLEJOSCHUTZ DES FIRMENWERTSIN EINER KOMPLIZIERTEN WELTPROTÉGER LA VALEUR D’ENTREPRISEDANS UN MONDE COMPLEXE PROTEGEMOS EL VALOR EMPRESARIALEN UN MUNDO COMPLEJOSCHUTZ DES FIRMENWERTSIN EINER KOMPLIZIERTEN WELTPROTÉGER LA VALEUR D’ENTREPRISEDANS UN MONDE COMPLEXE ®

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(in thousands except for per share data)  

Revenues  

Total operating expenses  

Operating income  

Net income  

Net income per diluted common share  

Adjusted EBITDA  

  2004  

  2005            2006

$ 427,005  $ 539,545  $	707,933

$ 348,536  $ 425,853  $	601,751

 $  78,469  $ 113,692  $	106,182

$  42,878  $  56,368  $	 42,024

$ 

1.01  $ 

1.35  $	

1.04

$ 100,760  $ 130,877  $	164,889

REVENUES

(IN THOUSANDS)

NET INCOME 

ADJUSTED EBITDA

(PER DILUTED COMMON SHARE)

(IN THOUSANDS)

$800,000

$700,000

$600,000

$500,000

$400,000

$300,000

$200,000

$100,000

$0

$1.50

$1.20

$0.90

$0.60

$0.30

$0.00

$200,000

$150,000

$100,000

$50,000

$0

2004

2005

2006

2004

2005

2006

2004

2005

2006

FTI Consulting is a global business advisory 
firm dedicated to helping organizations 
protect and enhance enterprise value in 
an increasingly complex legal, regulatory 
and economic environment. More than 
2,000 FTI professionals work closely with 
clients every day to anticipate, illuminate 
and overcome complex business challenges 
in areas such as restructuring, litigation, 
mergers and acquisitions, regulatory issues, 
investigations and reputation management. 



DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDER:

In 2006, our Company took significant strides 
toward not only meeting, but accelerating its 
goal of being a world-class, global consulting 
company with a billion dollars in revenue and 
a 25 percent adjusted EBITDA margin by 2009. 
Against a backdrop of growing demand, we 
achieved our operational targets, generated 
excellent financial performance and seized 
the opportunity presented by our markets to 
significantly expand our businesses. At the same 
time, we further enhanced our position in our 
markets as an established and trusted leader, 
once again consistently providing our clients with 
the industry’s broadest set of services to address 
their critical needs in an increasingly complex 
and volatile business environment.  

2

OUR GLOBAL PLATFORM

Just 10 years ago, we were a Company with fewer than 
200 employees, operating in 11 cities with three practice 
areas and generating $30 million in revenue. Today, our 
Company is a respected force in its industry. In 2006  
we enjoyed:

– Record revenues of over $700 million.

– Adjusted EBITDA of $165 million.

–  A global footprint with offices in all the major  

business centers of the world. 

–  A staff of more than 2,000 professionals who  
represent the deepest pool of knowledge,  
expertise and intellectual capital in our industry.

–  The industry’s broadest suite of advisory services, 

which work together to overcome issues that 
threaten our clients’ reputations and valuations.

–  A blue-chip client list, including 95 of the Am Law 
100 firms, nine of the 10 largest bank holding  
companies, 79 of the Fortune 100 companies  
and a broad range of federal, state and local  
government agencies.

Clearly, we’ve come a long way. To provide an idea of 
just how far the scope and breadth of our Company 
have grown, consider that during 2006 we:

–  Advised on four of the largest IPOs coming out  

of Europe and Asia.

–  Provided economic analysis for three major  

telecom mergers.

–  Hosted and reviewed hundreds of millions of  

documents on our proprietary software for the 
world’s largest companies and law firms.

–  Led restructuring efforts in the automotive,  
homebuilding and subprime lending sectors.

–  Performed major investigations throughout the 
world, including approximately 40 percent of  
the stock option backdating cases.

During the year, we continued to execute on our 
growth strategy, expanding our business both 
organically and through the continuation of our 
disciplined strategic acquisition program. We also 
expanded the value proposition we offer our clients 
through a combination of enhanced intellectual 
capital, broadened geographic reach and the strategic 
addition of complementary services in critical areas.

TECHNOLOGY: FTI Technology saw strong market acceptance of its product and consulting offerings in the M&A, 
product liability, employment compliance and intellectual property markets. The new version of Ringtail Legal™, com-
bined with FTI’s deep litigation consulting and investigations expertise, strengthened relationships with new and existing 
clients. These included major global law firms such as Dorsey & Whitney, who was able to complete in a few days a docu-
ment review process that previously would have taken the firm a month; and Paul Hastings Janofsky & Walker, who was 
able to review 650,000 pages within tight International Trade Commission deadlines.



OUR DIVERSIFIED SUITE OF SERVICES In the economic consulting arena, FTI has long been 
the home of some of the top competition policy 
economists in the world. We further expanded our 
capabilities in this area when Competition Policy 
Associates, or COMPASS, joined our ranks. The addition 
of COMPASS significantly expanded our ability to 
provide our clients with sophisticated economic 
analysis of issues such as antitrust disputes, mergers 
and acquisitions, regulatory and policy debates and 
general commercial litigation across a broad range 
of industries in the US, Europe and the Pacific Rim.

In Forensic and Litigation Consulting, we continued 
to execute on our plan to become a leader in services 
such as investigative due diligence, fraud and corporate 
investigations, business intelligence, brand protection and 
intellectual property strategies, political risk assessments 
and crisis containment. The acquisition of Hong Kong-
based International Risk, Ltd. became the foundation 
for the expansion of these services throughout Asia. 

The addition of Brower, Kriz & Stynchcomb, 
which specializes in critical path method schedule 
development, technical schedule review and 
progress evaluation, enhanced our ability to 
provide a comprehensive dispute, litigation and 
investigations service to the construction industry.

We also expanded our technology capabilities with the 
addition of G3 Consulting, which enhanced our ability 
to provide technology and business consulting to UK 
clients facing corporate litigation, electronic disclosure 
and public inquiries. The firm brings extensive experience 
in the area of electronic disclosure, while also extending 
our fast-growing technology business in the UK.

With the acquisition of Financial Dynamics (FD), 
one of the world’s largest business and financial 
communications consultancies, we diversified our 
revenue base across all phases of the economic cycle 
and secured a fully built-out global platform from which 
to drive growth in all our businesses around the world.  

The acquisition of FD also marked the addition of 
our fifth business segment, Strategic and Financial 
Communications. Given the increasing importance 
of reputation risk, this is one of the most critical 
areas facing corporate boards and executives. 
FD’s strategic, financial and crisis communications 
services represent immediate opportunity and value 
to our clients in the US, and in combination with 
our other offerings provide our clients with a set 
of capabilities that is unique in the marketplace.

Since the new year began, we’ve continued to 
see attractive acquisition opportunities that meet 
our strategic criteria. The acquisition of Holder 
International, which is headquartered in Miami 
and has offices in Buenos Aires and Sao Paulo, 
further enhances our risk mitigation capabilities, 
while also sustaining our geographic expansion.

~

In short, we believe that in 2006 we further validated 
our model and affirmed our mission. We established  a 
global platform that will deliver the most sophisticated 
solutions available to the world’s leading law firms, 
corporations and financial institutions. We are a trusted 
advisor working to anticipate our clients’ needs, and we 
believe our financial results reflect our ability to do so.

ECONOMIC CONSULTING: In 2006, FTI economists took the lead on the three major US telecommunications mergers: 
SBC/AT&T, Verizon/MCI and the new AT&T/BellSouth. Other key M&A engagements included the Kinder Morgan buy-
out, Oracle’s acquisition of Siebel Systems, Whirlpool’s acquisition of Maytag and US water heater company A.O. Smith’s 
takeover of a Canadian rival. Major engagements driven by regulatory issues included the Tyco/Masimo illegal monopo-
lization; a key case before the International Trade Commission on behalf of Verizon Wireless; and successful testimony on 
behalf of Guidant in securing a federal ruling permitting a proposed merger. We also helped defeat a class certification 
petition that accused major investment banks of colluding on the fees charged for underwriting IPOs, and another that 
attacked the NCAA in a dispute involving football scholarships.



OUR DIVERSIFIED SUITE OF SERVICES FINANCIAL RESULTS

A combination of solid execution and strong demand 
for our services resulted in a 2006 financial performance 
that exceeded our expectations across all metrics.

We generated record revenues of $707.9 million, up 31.2 
percent from $539.5 million in 2005. Our strong revenue 
performance was driven by both excellent organic 
growth and the contributions of acquisitions made over 
the past year. It’s also important to point out that we 
recorded an unusually large success fee of $22.5 million in 
the fourth quarter of 2005, which did not recur in 2006. 

This excellent growth in revenues translated into 
strong increases in profitability. Adjusted EBITDA, 
which excludes the effect of special charges in 
both periods and share-based compensation 
expense in 2006 (for which there is no similar 
expense in 2005), increased 26.0 percent in 2006 
to $164.9 million from $130.9 million in 2005. 

While conditions in many of the markets we serve 
were very strong during 2006, there were certain 
niche practices that, after a substantial investment 
of time and effort, had realized little of their original 
promise. As a result, during the third quarter of 
2006 we announced a special termination charge of 
$23.0 million, or $0.32 per diluted share, related to 
restructuring actions taken to streamline our businesses 
and focus concentration on our core operations. 

Before this charge, earnings per diluted share surpassed 
our expectations, coming in at $1.36, compared 
to $1.35 in 2005. This result also includes $0.20 per 

diluted share in incremental expenses relating to stock 
compensation in 2006, which did not exist in 2005. 
We are very pleased with our overall operating 
performance for the year. What is perhaps most 
encouraging about it, however, is that it reflects 
positive contributions across each of our business 
segments, as all were able to work together and 
individually to leverage the opportunities before them.

Four years ago, we saw the opportunity to become 
a leader in the market for electronic document 
management, database management and e-discovery 
services. In 2006, our Technology segment continued to 
prove that this opportunity was very real, as revenues 
grew nearly 90 percent to $117.2 million, easily surpassing 
our stated goal of $100 million for the year. We are now 
the definitive leader in technology-based products and 
services that support legal engagements, and the newest 
version of our Ringtail™ software is widely accepted 
as one of the top platforms of its type in the industry. 
The growth of this business has also been accompanied 
by a concurrent growth in the percentage of revenues 
related to annuity-type software hosting agreements, 
which provide more visibility into future revenues 
than our more typical event-driven engagements.

The environment for M&A activity remained strong 
throughout 2006, and as companies executed on 
their acquisition programs, they also continued to 
seek the assistance and support of our Economic 
Consulting segment. Driven by broad-based growth 
across most aspects of the business, as well as the 
contributions of our acquisition of COMPASS, Economic 
Consulting saw excellent performance in 2006, as 
revenues increased 32.9 percent to $144.1 million.

STRATEGIC COMMUNICATIONS: Named “International Consultancy of the Year” by industry trade publication PRWeek, 
FD capped a record year with expansion into new markets including Dubai and Hong Kong, and the establishment of 
partnerships in additional cities in China, the Netherlands and South Africa. Demand for FD’s integrated suite of investor 
relations, corporate communications, public affairs and consulting services continued to grow. FD figured prominently 
in the industry’s annual transaction league tables, being tapped for some of the year’s largest and most highly visible 
acquisitions and public offerings, including the best first-day-performing IPO of the year. A new Corporate Oversight & 
Investigations offering that brings together expertise from FD, its public affairs arm Dittus Communications and FTI is 
emblematic of the new client service opportunities being created through the addition of this new business segment. 



OUR DIVERSIFIED SUITE OF SERVICES While 2006 continued one of the most extensive 
downturns seen in the restructuring market, we were 
able to grow revenues in the Corporate Finance segment 
by 0.8 percent to $212.6 million during the year, 
exclusive of the success fee we received a year ago. 
This increase was largely due to the solid growth of our 
Transaction Advisory Services group, which was able 
to leverage both a robust M&A market and its growing 
reputation among private equity sponsors and other 
financial institutions. At the same time, our reputation 
as the market leader in restructuring advisory services 
continued to generate demand from sectors such as 
automotive, transportation and energy. Given the 
challenges facing the restructuring market, we view 
2006 as a year of solid performance for this segment, 
and believe it is positioned well to continue taking 
advantage of ongoing robust M&A activity, as well as 
any potential recovery within the restructuring market. 

Companies facing accounting issues or potential 
litigation appreciate the importance of working with a 
trusted leader who can support them as they work to 
defend the value of their businesses. As a result, our 
Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment saw revenues 
rise 22.9 percent to $193.3 million in 2006. Issues such 
as corporate integrity, financial restatements and stock 
options backdating were just some of the factors that 
contributed to this record performance. Results in 
this segment were also driven by strong demand for 
other services across a number of fronts, including 
trial services and international investigations, as well 
as the contributions of BKS and International Risk. 

In its first quarter, Strategic and Financial 
Communications achieved results beyond our 
expectations, driven by typical seasonal factors 
and unusually active M&A and capital markets 
in Europe and the US. Strategic and Financial 
Communications contributed revenues of $40.7 
million to our results for the year. We are extremely 
excited by the prospects for this segment.

In 2006, we also took advantage of our solid financial 
performance to further strengthen our financial position 
and give ourselves the flexibility to continue to pursue 
future growth initiatives. We amended our bank credit 
facility, increasing our revolving borrowing capacity to 
$150 million, securing improved pricing and reduction  
of commitment fees, and extending the facility to  
September 30, 2011. We also successfully completed a 
well-received offering of $215 million in senior notes 
due in 2016, and appreciate the financial community’s 
belief in our strategy and leadership position in the 
marketplace. In the past, we’ve stated that our goal 
was to achieve a revenue run rate of $1 billion by 2009. 
Our accomplishments in 2006 have enabled us to pull 
this goal forward by a year, to the end of 2008. 

INVESTMENTS IN INTELLECTUAL CAPITAL

The past year also capped a two-year initiative in 
which we established a global platform that will help 
drive long-term growth as well as distinguish FTI as 
a world-class, diversified consultancy unmatched in 
our marketplace. Put simply, no other firm offers the 

FORENSIC AND LITIGATION CONSULTING: Forensic and Litigation Consulting strengthened its global presence and was 
involved in many of the year’s most prominent investigations and litigations through its Investigations/Forensic Accounting,  
Dispute Advisory and Trial Services units. Significant investigations included the board-driven, multidisciplinary work at com-
modities brokerage Refco, which encompassed our investigations, technology and corporate finance capabilities, and in many  
of the year’s major stock options backdating investigations, including well-publicized engagements at homebuilder KB Home 
and education company Apollo Group. The segment also continued to help clients with the most complex issues, disputes and 
litigations. This included a major role in securing a favorable settlement for direct-marketing firm Valassis in a post-acquisition 
dispute with the acquired firm, ADVO, during which the testimony of FTI’s experts was broadcast live on Bloomberg.



OUR DIVERSIFIED SUITE OF SERVICES breadth of services and depth of intellectual capital 
that FTI does on the same global scale. Combine this 
with our culture of urgency and reputation for rapid 
problem-solving, and we believe no other firm can see 
as broadly, think as deeply, or act as quickly as FTI can. 

With this expanded platform in place, and based 
on our underlying financial strength, we are 
already seeking opportunities to invest further 
in the intellectual rigor and depth of knowledge 
that has come to define FTI in the marketplace. 

We pride ourselves on hiring and retaining the best 
of the best, and strongly believe that the quality 
and reputation of our people is a key aspect of our 
brand and our identity in the marketplace. We are 
therefore pleased to report that our incentive-based 
compensation programs have resulted in an extremely 
high level of retention of our most senior talent 
across the firm, with nearly all of our 165 senior 
managing directors subject to multiple-year contracts. 
Essentially, these people have dedicated the remainder 
of their careers to FTI as equity holders and proud 
representatives of the Company. We are extremely 
grateful that our top professionals have shown such 
commitment, and believe it demonstrates that we 
have become an employer of choice in our industry. 

In terms of attracting new talent, our reputation 
precedes us in the marketplace. We now have one 
of the most extensive pools of intellectual capital in 
the consulting industry, with a depth of experience 

that is second to none. We have attracted more 
partners from Big Four accounting firms than any 
other firm. Three of the nation’s top five antitrust 
economists are under contract to us, as well as 
former SEC professionals, former chief executives, 
certified turnaround professionals, certified public 
accountants, corporate investigation specialists, 
government relations specialists, banking and 
securities professionals and corporate, financial and 
crisis communications specialists. All of them are 
the best in their respective fields, and all of them 
are focused on providing our clients with industry-
leading solutions to their mission-critical needs. 

Our Board of Directors named Gary Wendt, James 
W. Crownover and Brenda Bacon to positions as 
independent Board directors. Before he became 
president and chief executive officer of Conseco, Gary 
was formerly the president, chairman and CEO of GE 
Capital Services, where he has been credited for turning 
the business into the financial services giant it is today. 
Jim formerly led McKinsey’s worldwide energy practice 
and serves on the boards of other public companies. 
Brenda is president and CEO of Brandywine Senior 
Care, a company she cofounded, and has served in the 
cabinet of former New Jersey Governor James Florio, as 
well as on the Clinton transition team. We are grateful 
for their expertise and independent perspectives. 
They add their formidable resumes to a Board that 
exemplifies the core values of our Company, and that 
already represents some of the leading personalities in 
the investment banking and consulting communities.

CORPORATE FINANCE: We are the leading provider of turnaround, performance improvement, transaction advisory, 
healthcare advisory and restructuring services. FTI is consistently ranked in The Deal’s restructuring league tables as one  
of the top non-investment banks in the US. Building on its legacy of high-profile restructuring engagements, FTI worked  
on behalf of a creditors committee in the Northwest Airlines bankruptcy case and represented a group of unsecured credi-
tors in the Chapter 11 proceedings of energy giant Calpine Corp. Following the stock options backdating investigation at 
education company Apollo Group, FTI took on interim CFO responsibility. And we joined forces with other segments to 
develop new services, including Revenue Based Turnaround, which combines revenue-side analytics with our industry- 
leading turnaround expertise.  



OUR DIVERSIFIED SUITE OF SERVICES Pictured from left to right:

Dennis	J.	Shaughnessy  Chairman of the Board    Jack	B.	Dunn,	IV  President and Chief Executive Officer    Dominic	DiNapoli		Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

OUR OUTLOOK

As we look into 2007 and beyond, we believe FTI 
Consulting is well positioned for future performance 
and growth. The drivers of our markets have not 
changed. Businesses continue to face an increasingly 
volatile world, and are seeking a trusted, independent 
advisor to help guide them through complex 
regulatory frameworks, to address the expanded 
risk of litigation and restatements and to provide 
them with solid M&A analysis and support.

We are the established leader in our field, and over the 
past two years we have worked to establish our unique 
position. Today, we offer a breadth of capabilities, 
depth of experience and wealth of intellectual 
capital that is unmatched in the marketplace. 
We offer our clients holistic, multidisciplinary 
solutions that surround an issue and address its 
every aspect, and the market has taken notice.

Going forward, the trends that drive our business 
remain favorable. Our current expectations are 
that M&A activity will remain robust, driven in part 
by the continued presence of capital from private 
equity investors. Strong demand for our Forensic 
and Litigation Consulting services is also expected 
to continue, and companies’ realization of the 
increasingly important role of corporate reputation 
management is expected to drive the continued solid 
growth of Strategic and Financial Communications. 



At the same time, the increasing importance of digital 
information management will continue to propel our 
Technology segment and drive additional demand 
for integrated solutions across all our businesses.

As we close, we’d like to stress that 2006 was not only 
a year of extraordinary achievement, but one that we 
ended with a tremendous amount of momentum in all of 
our businesses. As a firm, we have never before been so 
powerfully positioned to capitalize on the opportunities 
before us. Many thanks to our shareholders, employees 
and clients for their continued support. 

Sincerely,

Jack B. Dunn, IV
President and Chief Executive Officer

Dennis J. Shaughnessy
Chairman of the Board

Dominic DiNapoli
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

! 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006  

OR  

" 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the transition period from                                         to                       

Commission file number 001-14875  

FTI CONSULTING, INC.  
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)  

Maryland 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 

52-1261113 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

500 East Pratt Street, Suite 1400, Baltimore, Maryland 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 

21202 
(Zip Code) 

(410) 951-4800  
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)  
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

Name of Each Exchange on which Registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities 

Act.    Yes  !    No  "  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 

Act.    Yes  "    No  !  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 

Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  !    No  " (cid:0) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, 

and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  "  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer. 

See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

Large Accelerated Filer  !        Accelerated filer  "        Non-accelerated filer  "  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).      Yes  "    No  !  

The aggregate market value of the voting and nonvoting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was 

$1.0 billion, based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2006.  

The number of shares of registrant’s common stock outstanding on February 15, 2007 was 42,327,316.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  
Portions of our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after 

the end of our fiscal year are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

1 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
FTI CONSULTING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Annual Report on Form 10-K  
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2006  

INDEX  

PART I 

Item 1.  Business .......................................................................................................................... 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors .................................................................................................................... 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments ............................................................................................. 

Item 2.  Properties ....................................................................................................................... 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings............................................................................................................ 

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders ......................................................... 

PART II 

Item 5.  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities ............................................................................................................. 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.................................................................................................... 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ... 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk............................................. 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ................................................................. 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure . 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ................................................................................................. 

Item 9B.  Other Information........................................................................................................... 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .................................................. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation ................................................................................................. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters........................................................................................................................... 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ..................... 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services ............................................................................ 

PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule  ...................................................................... 

Page  

3  

13  

20  

20  

20  

20  

21  

23  

25  

45  

47  

83  

83  

83  

84  

84  

84  

84  

84  

85  

2 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
FTI CONSULTING, INC.  
PART I  

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS  

Forward-Looking Information  

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements include statements concerning our plans, 
objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future revenues or performance, capital expenditures, compensation arrangements, 
financing needs, plans or intentions relating to acquisitions, business trends and other information that is not historical 
information and, in particular, may appear under the headings “—Risk Factors” in this Part I—Item 1A, “Part II—Item 7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the other documents we file with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, including, among others, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and amendments 
thereto. When used in this Annual Report, the words estimates, expects, anticipates, projects, plans, intends, believes, forecasts 
and variations of such words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking 
statements, including, without limitation, management’s examination of historical operating trends, are based upon our current 
expectations and various assumptions. Our expectations, beliefs and projections are expressed in good faith and we believe there 
is a reasonable basis for them. However, there can be no assurance that management’s expectations, beliefs and projections will 
result or be achieved.  

There are a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-
looking statements contained in this Annual Report. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially 
from the forward-looking statements we make in this Annual Report are set forth in this report, including under the heading 
“Risk Factors.” As stated elsewhere in this Annual Report, such risks, uncertainties and other important factors relate to, among 
others:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

retention of qualified professionals and senior management;  

conflicts resulting in our inability to represent certain clients;  

former employees joining competing businesses;  

ability to manage utilization and pricing rates;  

ability to integrate the operations of FD International (Holdings) Limited;  

ability to adapt to operating in non-U.S. markets;  

ability to replace senior managers and practice leaders who have highly specialized skills and experience;  

ability to find suitable acquisition candidates or take advantage of opportunistic acquisition situations;  

fluctuations in revenues, operating income and cash flows;  

compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;  

damage to our reputation as a result of claims involving the quality of our services;  

unexpected terminations of client engagements;  

competition;  

costs of integrating recent and any future acquisitions;  

industry trends;  

ability to manage growth;  

changes in demand for our services;  

non-payment of notes receivable; and  

changes in our leverage.  

There may be other factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements.  

All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf apply only as of the date of this Annual 
Report and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included herein. We undertake no obligation to 
publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances and do not intend to 
do so.  

When we use the terms “FTI,” “we,” “us” and “our” we mean FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and its 

consolidated subsidiaries.  

3 

 
  
Company Overview and Recent Developments  

We are a leading global consulting firm to organizations confronting the critical legal, financial and reputational issues 

that shape their futures. Our experienced teams of professionals, many of whom are widely recognized as experts in their 
respective fields, provide high-caliber consulting services to a broad range of clients. We believe clients retain us because of our 
recognized expertise and capabilities in highly specialized areas, as well as our reputation for satisfying clients’ needs.  

Our professionals have experience providing services in many areas, including: fraud, damages, lost profits, valuation, 
anti-trust and anti-competition, accountant’s liability and malpractice, contract disputes, patent infringement, price fixing, 
purchase price disputes, solvency and insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, preferences, disclosure statements, trademark and 
copyright infringement, the financial impact of government regulations and electronically stored information and repository 
services. We have strong capabilities in highly specialized industries, including telecommunications, healthcare, transportation, 
utilities, chemicals, energy, commercial and investment banking, pharmaceuticals, tobacco, retail and information technology. 
With the acquisition of FD International (Holdings) Limited, or FD, in October 2006, we also have strong capabilities providing 
strategic and financial communications consulting services.  

As of December 31, 2006, we had 2,079 total employees and 1,596 revenue-generating professionals. As of December 31, 
2006, we had operations across 29 U.S. cities, as well as the U.K., Ireland, France, Russia, Australia, China, Hong Kong, Japan, 
Singapore, United Arab Emirates and South Africa. In January 2007, we added offices in Argentina and Brazil.  

We operate through the five business segments listed below.  

Forensic/Litigation Consulting  

Our forensic/litigation consulting practice provides an extensive range of services to assist clients in all phases of 
investigation and litigation, including pre-filing, discovery, jury selection, trial preparation, expert testimony and other trial 
support services. Specifically, we help clients assess complex financial transactions, reconstruct events from incomplete and/or 
corrupt data, uncover vital evidence, identify potential claims and assist in the pursuit of financial recoveries and settlements. 
We also provide asset tracing and fraud investigation services. Our graphics services at trial and technology and electronic 
evidence experts assist clients in preparing for and presenting their cases in court. Through the use of proprietary information 
technology, we have demonstrated our ability to help control litigation costs, expedite the trial process and provide our clients 
with the ability to readily organize and access case-related data. Our international risk and investigations group provides 
business intelligence and investigations, corporate investigations, litigation and dispute investigations and integrity advisory 
services.  

As of December 31, 2006, we had 388 revenue-generating professionals in our forensic/litigation consulting practice.  

Corporate Finance/Restructuring Consulting  

Our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice provides turnaround, performance improvement, lending 
solutions, financial and operational restructuring, restructuring advisory, mergers and acquisitions, transaction advisory and 
interim management services. We analyze, recommend and implement strategic alternatives for our corporate 
finance/restructuring clients, offering services such as interim management in turnaround situations, rightsizing infrastructure, 
assessing long-term enterprise viability and business strategy consulting. We assist underperforming companies as they make 
decisions to improve their financial condition and operations. We lead and manage the financial aspects of in-court restructuring 
processes by offering services that include an assessment of the impact of a bankruptcy filing on the client’s financial condition 
and operations. We also assist our clients in planning for a smooth transition into and out of bankruptcy, facilitating the sale of 
assets and arranging debtor-in-possession financing. Through FTI Palladium Partners, we help financially distressed companies 
implement their plans by providing interim management teams.  

As of December 31, 2006, we had 322 revenue-generating professionals in our corporate finance/restructuring consulting 

practice.  

Economic Consulting  

We deliver sophisticated economic analysis and modeling of issues arising in mergers and acquisitions and other complex 

antitrust and anticompetition, commercial and securities litigation. Our economic consulting practice segment includes the 
Lexecon and Compass businesses, both highly respected brands in the economic consulting industry. Within our economic 
consulting practice, we provide our clients with analyses of complex economic issues for use in legal and regulatory proceedings, 
strategic decision-making and public policy debates. We are also in the business of advising on developing and implementing 
concrete strategies for driving revenue growth and profitability. Our statistical and economic experts help companies evaluate 
issues such as the economic impact of deregulation on a particular industry or the amount of commercial damages suffered by a 
business. We have deep industry experience in such areas as commercial and investment banking, telecommunications, energy, 
transportation, healthcare and pharmaceuticals. Our professionals regularly provide expert testimony on damages, rates and 
prices, valuations, merger effects, intellectual property disputes in antitrust and anticompetition cases, regulatory proceedings 
and business valuations.  

4 

 
As of December 31, 2006, we had 206 revenue-generating professionals in our economic consulting practice.  

Technology Consulting  

Our technology practice provides products, services and consulting to law firms, corporations and government agencies 

worldwide. Our principal business focuses on the collection, preservation, review and production of electronically stored 
information, or ESI. ESI can include e-mail, computer files, voicemail, instant messaging or transactional data stored on a 
computer. Our technology professionals combine industry leading software tools and domain experience to help our clients 
manage this information in a variety of litigation, investigation and arbitration related activities. Our repository services team 
provides a highly scalable, online litigation review environment using our Ringtail product suite. Our Ringtail products are also 
directly licensed to clients. Prior to 2006, we operated our technology practice as part of our forensic/litigation consulting 
segment.  

As of December 31, 2006, we had 256 revenue-generating professionals in our technology practice.  

Strategic and Financial Communications Consulting  

We manage FD, which we acquired as of October 4, 2006, as our strategic and financial communications consulting 

practice. Through this practice we provide advice and consulting services related to financial communications, brand 
communications, public affairs and issues management, and business consulting. FD has a leading position in its core service 
offerings and a successful track record. Distinct from other strategic and financial communications consultancies, FD has 
developed a unique, integrated offering that incorporates a broad scope of services, diverse sector coverage and global reach. 
This allows FD to advise clients from almost every major business center in the world on strategic and financial communications 
issues. The financial communications service offerings are involved with the event-driven capital markets and include strategic 
boardroom advice, financial calendar support, mergers and acquisitions transactions, investor relations, financial and business 
media relations, capital market intelligence, initial public offerings, debt markets, corporate restructuring, proxy solicitation, 
corporate governance, corporate social responsibility advice and regulatory communications. The brand communications 
offerings provide creative services to build consumer and business-to-business brands. These communication service offerings 
include strategic marketing advice, business-to-business marketing consultancy, media relations, brand consultancy and 
repositioning, qualitative and quantitative research, sponsorship consultancy, thought leadership consultancy, launch and event 
management, strategy and event management and consumer communications. The public affairs and issues management service 
offerings help to shape messages to policymakers and respond to crisis situations. The services of public affairs include political 
intelligence, policy formation, political and media campaigns, third party and coalition mobilization, state aid, monopoly and 
anti-trust regulatory affairs. The services of issues management include business continuity planning, crisis communications 
planning, crisis handling, media relations, reputation rehabilitation and simulation exercises. Business consulting provides 
services through dedicated teams providing strategic advice and solving business problems by utilizing world-class research and 
methodologies. The consulting services offered include corporate strategy, growth strategy, cost management, mergers and 
acquisitions, organization, performance improvement, private equity and revenue enhancement.  

As of December 31, 2006, we had 424 revenue-generating professionals in our strategic and financial communications 

consulting practice.  

Industry Overview  

We compete in the global consulting services industry, focusing on providing forensic/litigation, corporate 

finance/restructuring, economic, technology and strategic and financial communications consulting services. There are a number 
of factors that drive demand for our services:  

• 

Increasing Need for Independent Expertise. We believe that as a result of increased public scrutiny, regulatory 
complexity and litigation, businesses and their creditors will increasingly engage consulting firms to provide objective 
and independent expertise. This is particularly true in highly complex and sophisticated areas such as restructurings, 
bankruptcies, economic consulting, forensic accounting and high-stakes regulatory and legal proceedings. The 
emerging trend toward hiring consulting firms unaffiliated with company auditors represents a fundamental shift in 
the demand for our services and has increased the size of our overall practices.  

•  Regulatory Complexity, Public Scrutiny and Increased Litigation. We believe that heightened focus on corporate 

mismanagement, fraud-related investigations, ongoing regulatory activity such as SEC rulemaking, corporate 
governance scrutiny and increasing complexity in financial reporting requirements, including requirements under the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, drive demand for our services. In addition, we believe that increasing litigation costs 
require businesses to focus on better managing risks and the litigation process, particularly in large, complex, multi-
jurisdiction cases and mass tort claims, which increases the demand for our technology practice services.  

• 

Strong Economy and Growing Merger and Acquisition Activity. We believe that the overall strength of the 
economy and the growth in merger and acquisition activity are important drivers for our economic consulting 
practice and strategic and financial communications consulting practice. We also believe there is more complex 
litigation and regulatory activity during strong economic conditions. During periods of increased merger and 

5 

 
• 

• 

acquisition activity, we have experienced increased use of our economic consulting services driven by growing areas 
such as antitrust regulation, intellectual property disputes and breaches of contract.  

Trends in Corporate Debt and Debt Default Rates. We believe that corporate debt levels and related default rates 
are important indicators of the potential need for restructuring, turnaround, bankruptcy and related consulting 
services. According to Thomson Financial, both U.S. and international companies have continued to rely on debt to 
finance acquisitions, growth initiatives and working capital requirements, as evidenced by the fact that there were 
more issuances of U.S. and global long-term debt in 2006 than 2005. Demand for our services has been strong in 
sectors such as automotive, airline, telecommunications, media, entertainment and technology, all of which rely on 
corporate debt.  

Importance of Corporate Communications and Increasingly Complicated Market Environment. Corporate 
communications has become a key strategic issue demanding the attention of C-suite and boards of directors, as 
reputational risk becomes a rising concern on the corporate boardroom’s risk management agenda. There is an 
increasingly complicated market environment for large corporations, which requires an integrated and consultative 
approach covering several different aspects of business communications.  

•  Growth of Multinational Firms and Increase in Growth Companies from Developing World. Multinational firms 

are seeking to establish global branding, investor relations and communications strategies. Furthermore, increasing 
numbers of growth companies from the developing world are requiring access to developed markets’ capital base, 
with best practice communications advice being a key component in achieving this objective.  

Our Competitive Strengths  

We compete primarily on the basis of institutional and individual reputations, ability to immediately staff a significant 

engagement, performance record, quality of work, range of services provided and existing client relationships. We attribute our 
success and distinction to a combination of long-standing advantages, including:  

• 

Premium Brand Names with Leading Market Positions. We believe that we are one of the most recognized brand 
names in the corporate finance/restructuring, economic and strategic and financial communications consulting 
industries. In addition, we believe we have leading market positions in our forensic/litigation consulting practice and 
technology practice based on revenues. The strength of our brand names and market positions are enhanced by the 
reputation of our well-recognized consultants, many of whom are leading members of their respective fields. We have 
benefited from our strategy of acquiring the leading practitioners in each practice, as well as including, in select 
cases, the continued use of their brand names, either independently or coupled with the FTI brand, such as Lexecon, 
Ringtail, Cambio, Compass and FD.  

•  Diversified Revenue Sources. We have created a balanced portfolio of services organized into five consulting 

practices: forensic/litigation, corporate finance/restructuring, economic, technology and strategic and financial 
communications. We began to separately manage our technology practice in 2006 and our strategic and financial 
communications consulting practice was created with the acquisition of FD in October 2006. Our strategy is to 
continue to maintain such diversification. We believe that our broad service offerings and diversity of our revenues 
insulate us from fluctuations in market conditions in any one of our practices. With the acquisition of FD in October 
2006, we’ve expanded our global reach to include offices in Ireland, France, Russia, China, United Arab Emirates and 
South Africa, and expanded our presence in the U.K, Australia, Hong Kong, Japan and Singapore.  

•  Diversified Portfolio of Elite Clients. We provide services for a diverse group of clients, including global Fortune 500 
companies, global law firms, global banks, local, state and federal governments and agencies in the United States and 
other countries throughout the world.  

In 2006, our top ten clients accounted for 21% of our total revenues, with no single client accounting for more than 
5% of our total revenues. Among these top 10 clients were eight nationally recognized law firms, each of whom 
represented multiple clients and matters.  

•  High Level of Repeat and Referral Business and Attractive, Highly Recurring Financial Model. We derive a 

substantial portion of our revenues from repeat clients or referrals. Many of our client relationships are long-standing 
and include multiple contact points within each organization, increasing the depth and continuity of these 
relationships. We cultivate our critical relationships with financial institutions and law firms, which have served as 
entry points into significant, high-profile and reputation enhancing engagements.  

In addition, our strategic and financial communications consulting practice has a financial model which is primarily 
built on recurring retainer based engagements. Clients of this practice are typically billed on a project-based billing 
system that reflects the value added by the business rather than the industry standard of lower value time and 
materials billing basis.  

• 

Strong Cash Flow. Our business model has several characteristics that produce strong cash flows including high 
margins, low capital expenditures and low working capital requirements. Our consistently strong cash flow supports 
our acquisition and growth strategies and our ability to service our indebtedness.  

6 

 
Our Business Strategy  

The following are key elements of our business strategy:  

•  Attract and Retain Highly Qualified Professionals. Our professionals are crucial to delivering our services to 
clients and generating new business. As of December 31, 2006, we assembled a staff of 1,596 revenue-generating 
professionals, many of whom have established and widely recognized names in their respective practice areas. 
Through our substantial staff of highly qualified professionals, we can handle a number of large, complex assignments 
simultaneously. To attract and retain highly qualified senior managing directors and managing directors, we offer 
significant compensation opportunities, including sign-on bonuses, primarily in the form of forgivable loans, incentive 
bonuses and equity compensation, along with a competitive benefits package and the chance to work on challenging 
engagements. We have employment arrangements with substantially all of our senior managing directors that include 
non-competition and non-solicitation clauses.  

•  Optimize Utilization and Billing Rates of FTI Professionals who Bill on an Hourly Basis.  We carefully monitor our 
utilization rates of our professionals who bill on an hourly basis. Our goal is to manage growth to maintain utilization 
rates rather than intermittently expanding our staff in anticipation of short-term demand. We strive to attain 
utilization rates that allow us to maintain our profitability, make us less vulnerable to fluctuations in our workload 
and minimize seasonal factors affecting utilization. In addition, the nature of our services allows us to bill premium 
rates for the services of our revenue-generating professionals, which enhances our profitability. As we have expanded 
our business offerings and the mix of business has changed, utilization was a less meaningful measure of productivity 
and profitability for 2006, particularly with respect to our technology practice and strategic and financial 
communications consulting practice, which do not bill a substantial amount of their business on an hourly basis.  

• 

• 

• 

Leverage Our Relationships and Expertise. We work hard to maintain our existing client relationships and develop 
new ones. We believe that the strength of our existing client relationships and the quality of our reputation across 
our industry, coupled with our recognized industry expertise, successful track record and size, are the most critical 
elements in a decision to retain us. We receive a significant amount of repeat business and referrals from our clients. 
We strive to build client relationships on a company-wide basis and encourage cross-selling among our practices. By 
successfully leveraging our reputation, experience and broad client base, we expect to continue to obtain 
engagements from both existing and new clients.  

Expand the Breadth of Our Services and Geographic Presence. We strive to offer our clients comprehensive 
solutions to their most complex problems, wherever they are in the world. Increasingly, our clients demand expertise 
across multiple markets and continents. To meet this demand, we provide our clients with a complete suite of services 
across all five practices. As we continue to grow, we plan to broaden our industry expertise and expand our electronic 
evidence and electronic repository services. With the addition of FD in October 2006, we are positioned to further 
explore opportunities to increase our presence in Europe, Asia, and other international locations to better serve our 
clients and to capitalize on what we believe are favorable market conditions.  

Selectively Acquire Companies and Integrate Our New Professionals and Capabilities. We follow a disciplined 
approach to executing and integrating acquisitions, targeting those that complement our business strategy or operate 
in an attractive specialized niche. Since June of 1998, we have completed more than a dozen significant acquisitions 
that have enhanced our practices. We intend to continue to selectively pursue strategic acquisitions. We seek to 
integrate acquisitions in a way that fosters organic growth and provides synergies or cross-practice growth 
opportunities. We also structure our acquisitions to ensure that key individuals from the acquired company are 
retained and integrated after the transaction is executed.  

Our Services  

Forensic/Litigation Consulting Practice. Our forensic accounting specialists work with companies faced with fraud, 
financial disclosure and accounting investigations, misstatements and malpractice issues. As perpetrators of fraud become more 
ingenious, the expertise required to unravel their schemes increases. We have a team of forensic accountants, certified fraud 
examiners and computer technicians who are experts in discovering and analyzing the most sophisticated ways to circumvent 
internal financial controls. We routinely assess complex financial transactions and reconstruct events from incomplete and/or 
corrupt data, uncover vital evidence, identify potential claims and assist in the pursuit of financial recoveries and settlements. 
We utilize sophisticated software tools to analyze and uncover important information from the computer systems used in the 
frauds. With our advanced search techniques and innovative methods, we are able to uncover valuable information that was 
considered lost, deleted or hidden. We also provide services relating to securities, regulatory and Sarbanes-Oxley investigations, 
and dispute advisory services. Our international risk and investigations group provides business intelligence and investigations, 
corporate investigations, litigation and dispute investigations and integrity advisory services by our team of former prosecutors, 
law enforcement and intelligence officials and forensic accountants and computer forensic specialists.  

We develop and deliver creative solutions to litigation problems. As an innovator in digital graphic presentations, we have 

been one of the leaders in providing high-quality, cost-effective methods to prepare for and try cases. Our trial technology 
professionals have supported clients in the courtroom in some of the largest and most complex civil trials. Through the use of 
proprietary information technology, we have demonstrated our ability to help control litigation costs, expedite the trial process 
and provide our clients with the ability to readily organize and access case-related data. We prepare and enhance presentations 

7 

 
and expert testimony on complex subjects, such as toxic torts, financial disputes and intellectual property resolutions. We have 
responded to the increasing demand for document management in cases involving thousands or even millions of pages of 
depositions, testimony and exhibits by developing document management and exhibit and trial preparation solutions that enable 
our clients to better focus on preparing for and trying cases. Our range of services for complex litigation matters includes visual 
communication consulting services; graphic exhibit design and production; customized database development and distribution; 
video deposition capture and transcript linking; management of designated trial exhibits; courtroom survey, design and 
configuration; on-site technical trial support; trial-specific hardware procurement and tracking; and secure extranet storage and 
distribution of data, documents, transcripts, videos and exhibits. We have developed a number of technology-based tools to 
assist our clients in managing complex litigation. TrialMax®, our comprehensive trial preparation software, enables a litigation 
team to easily store, annotate and display documents, computer graphics, video clips and digitized depositions in the courtroom. 
We employ an automated tool for handling trial data regardless of information source or data type.  

Our experienced intellectual property professionals provide valuation, damage analyses and expert testimony services. 
They provide those services to a range of industries, including oil and gas, technology and consumer products. They perform 
financial analyses of intellectual property in licensing and royalty disputes, antitrust claims and other types of disputes. Our 
professionals employ industry research, statistical analysis, regression techniques, portfolio analysis and sophisticated financial 
modeling to support defensible, credible valuation and damage conclusions.  

Our dispute settlement services help our clients mitigate the cost of, or avoid, litigation by evaluating claims and risks. 

These professionals coordinate business expertise with legal and technical analysis to develop cost-effective settlement strategies 
and implement mutually beneficial business resolutions.  

We also provide asset tracing and other investigative services. We analyze corporate and personal records and electronic 

information, conduct interviews and evaluate related financial information to trace the flow of funds and locate assets that may 
have been misappropriated due to illegal or fraudulent activity. We use sophisticated software tools, advanced data mining and 
search techniques as well as databases to conduct asset searches for companies, government agencies and individuals. Our other 
investigatory capabilities and services include white collar defense investigations, complex commercial and financial 
investigations, asset searching and analysis, internal investigations, fraud investigations, Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 
investigations, image and reputation assessments, audit committee and special committee investigations and anti-money 
laundering investigations. We have provided investigative services in diverse cases involving misdirected or stolen assets, 
embezzlements and bank, healthcare, insurance, energy, telecommunications and bankruptcy frauds.  

Corporate Finance/Restructuring Consulting Practice. Our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice has 

regularly advised companies and creditors in some of the largest, most complex bankruptcy proceedings and out-of-court 
restructurings in the U.S. A number of factors affect demand for this practice’s services. These include:  

• 

• 

• 

the level of lending activity and over-leveraging of companies;  

over-expansion by various businesses;  

increases in merger and acquisition activity;  

•  management problems; and  

• 

the general economy in the U.S. and abroad.  

When we represent companies, we work with our client’s management. We assess the client’s financial condition and 
viability to structure and implement a business rehabilitation plan to manage the client’s cash flow to at least a break-even 
point. We help clients to identify any non-essential assets or business units that could be sold to generate cash for the client.  
We assist clients as they negotiate with their lenders to restructure their debt. If the client voluntarily files for bankruptcy or is 
involuntarily forced into bankruptcy, we have the expertise to manage the entire bankruptcy process, including structuring, 
negotiating with creditors and implementing the plan of reorganization. We also provide expert testimony in bankruptcy and 
restructuring proceedings on such issues as business unit valuation and economic loss. When we represent creditors, we seek to 
maximize amounts owed to them by the debtor, whether in an out-of-court workout or bankruptcy. In a workout engagement, 
we evaluate and monitor the quality and value of the collateral and any other assets available to the creditor, analyze the 
debtor’s business plan and underlying cash flow projections and assess the adequacy of the debtor’s financial reporting systems. 
Based on our analysis, we assess the debtor’s viability and develop and evaluate restructuring plans. If we conclude that an out-
of-court workout is not feasible, we assist the creditors in deciding whether to provide debtor-in-possession financing, in 
working through the bankruptcy process, and in structuring and evaluating various reorganization plan alternatives. Demand for 
some of our corporate finance/restructuring services declined in 2006 primarily as a result of general economic conditions, 
including the strengthening of the economy, the availability of credit, low interest rates, fewer mergers and acquisitions and 
fewer large bankruptcy proceedings. We have been able to offset a portion of the effects of that decline by increasing our middle 
market bankruptcy, restructuring, workout and transaction advisory engagements, diversifying our engagements and utilizing 
our professionals across practices.  

To better meet the needs of companies suffering a financial or operating crisis, we also offer interim management services. 
Interim management professionals are able to assume interim senior management roles at companies in crisis. We can deploy our 
professionals to function as a chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer or chief restructuring officer. 

8 

 
  
We reevaluate business strategy and financial forecasts and implement plans to meet financial and operating challenges for our 
clients. Our creative approaches and innovative solutions can create short-term liquidity to stabilize the business and afford the 
distressed company time to explore its options. We are keenly aware of the sensitive nature of these arrangements and the need 
to build consensus around a realistic restructuring plan.  

We have extensive experience in crisis management, negotiations of complex mergers, acquisitions and capital 
restructurings, as well as the liquidation of surplus assets. We have regularly provided our corporate financing, turnaround, 
restructuring, bankruptcy and related consulting services to the largest banks in the United States, including Citigroup, Inc., 
Bank of America, N.A. and JP Morgan Chase Bank. We have been involved in many of the largest bankruptcy proceedings and 
out-of-court restructurings in the United States.  

Our lender and transactional support services assist lenders and other institutional clients in performing financial due 

diligence for loans, acquisitions and other transactions.  

Economic Consulting Practice. Our economic consulting practice provides sophisticated economic analyses of issues 

arising in mergers and acquisitions, intellectual property, collusion and price fixing, antitrust and anticompetition and complex 
commercial and securities litigation. Our statistical and economic experts use complex quantitative techniques and modeling to 
help companies evaluate issues such as the economic impact of deregulation on a particular industry, the amount of commercial 
damages suffered by a business as a result of a tort or a breach of contract, the value of a business, the competitive effects of a 
proposed transaction or regulation, class certification and claims made in complex commercial and securities litigation. We also 
work with clients to develop business strategy and tactics on an ongoing basis to address these, as well as, other economic issues. 
We have deep industry experience in areas such as telecommunications, media and entertainment, intellectual property 
valuation, energy, transportation, healthcare and pharmaceuticals. Our professionals regularly provide expert testimony on 
damages, rates and prices, merger and acquisition effects, intellectual property disputes, antitrust and anticompetition cases, 
regulatory proceedings and business valuations.  

Technology Practice. Our technology practice provides products, services and consulting to law firms, corporations and 

government agencies worldwide. Our principal business focuses on the collection, preservation, review and production of 
electronically stored information, or ESI. ESI can include e-mail, computer files, voicemail, instant messaging or transactional 
data stored on a computer. Our technology professionals combine industry leading software tools and domain experience to help 
our clients manage this information in a variety of litigation, investigation and arbitration related activities. Prior to 2006, we 
operated our technology practice as part of our forensic/litigation consulting practice.  

Our technology practice is one of the few organizations capable of assisting the largest corporations, law firms and 

government agencies with end-to-end ESI related services.  

Before a litigation or investigation matter is initiated, our electronic evidence consultants advise clients in all aspects of 

data preservation, information security and litigation readiness. Our financial systems and complex data teams provide expertise 
to clients regarding transactional data systems including online analytical processing and financial systems analysis.  

Once a legal or investigative matter is underway we provide clients a single source for data collection, processing, review 
and production of ESI data. Our collection experts regularly travel to locations around the world to collect ESI data from client 
systems in a forensically sound and secure manner. Our processing team performs a variety of extraction, culling and search 
related operations to remove erroneous or duplicative data and prepare it for further review. Our analytics team provides clients 
with tools and services to help them sift rapidly through data and locate critical e-mails and files, frequently in response to 
government investigations and requests. Our repository services team provides a highly scalable, online litigation review 
environment using our Ringtail product suite for clients to review, code and produce ESI information from anywhere with an 
Internet connection.  

We deliver our Ringtail product suite by way of a monthly “software-as-a-service” model, as well as licensing our Ringtail 

product suite directly to clients for installation within their own environments. The Ringtail product suite is one of the few 
products on the market that allows clients this flexibility.  

Strategic and Financial Communications Consulting Practice. Our strategic and financial communications consulting 

practice, formed by our acquisition of FD, provides the following four service offerings: financial communications, brand 
communications, public affairs and issues management, and business consulting.  

Our financial communications services are involved with the event-driven capital markets. These communications service 

offerings include strategic boardroom advice, financial calendar support, mergers and acquisitions transactions, investor 
relations, financial and business media relations, capital market intelligence, initial public offerings, debt markets, corporate 
restructuring, proxy solicitation, corporate governance, corporate social responsibility advice and regulatory communications.  

We provide creative brand communications services to build consumer and business-to-business brands. Our 
communication service offerings include strategic marketing advice, business-to-business marketing consultancy, media 
relations, brand consultancy and repositioning, qualitative and quantitative research, sponsorship consultancy, thought 
leadership consultancy, launch and event management, strategy and event management and consumer communications.  

9 

 
  
  
We provide public affairs and issues management services to help shape messages to policymakers and respond to crisis 

situations. Our public affairs services include political intelligence, policy formation, political and media campaigns, third party 
and coalition mobilization, state aid, monopoly and anti-trust regulatory affairs. Our issues management services include 
business continuity planning, crisis communications planning, crisis handling, media relations, reputation rehabilitation and 
simulation exercises.  

Our dedicated business consulting services teams provide strategic advice and solve business problems by utilizing world-

class research and methodologies. The consulting services offered include corporate strategy, growth strategy, cost 
management, mergers and acquisitions, organization, performance improvement, private equity and revenue enhancement.  

Significant Acquisitions Completed in 2006  

FD International (Holdings) Limited. As of October 4, 2006, we completed our acquisition of approximately 97% of the 

share capital of FD, a global strategic business and financial communications consulting firm headquartered in London. In 
February 2007, we acquired the remaining 3% of FD’s share capital that was outstanding. We believe FD is a world leading 
provider of strategic business and financial communications consulting services for major international corporations. FD has a 
leading position in its core service offerings and a successful track record. Distinct from other strategic and financial 
communications consultancies, FD has developed a unique, integrated offering that incorporates a broad scope of services, 
diverse sector coverage and global reach. This allows FD to advise clients from almost every major business center in the world 
on strategic and financial communications issues. In addition, FD has won numerous accolades in recent years, including the 
2006 International Consultancy of the Year award from PRWeek, a leading trade publication for the public relations and 
communications industry. The acquisition of FD is consistent with our strategy as it drives growth for our business and provides 
substantial cross-selling opportunities. FD diversifies our business into a new consulting area. We believe we already have the 
largest restructuring practice and one of the largest economic consulting and forensic/litigation practices in the U.S. and now 
also believe we have one of the largest strategic and financial communication consulting practices in the world. As we continue 
to expand globally, FD’s relationships will be very significant for our other consulting practice areas. Similarly, while successful, 
FD currently has a relatively narrow penetration into the U.S. corporate market which we believe will be a key area for future 
growth as we leverage our existing U.S. client relationships. With the acquisition of FD, we achieve an important strategic 
objective of further expanding internationally. The acquisition also contributes to our cross-border execution capabilities and 
establishes a stronger U.K. presence in a region where, historically, our start-up expenses have been a burden to financial 
performance.  

Competition Policy Associates, Inc. As of January 6, 2006, we completed our acquisition of all the outstanding common 
stock of Competition Policy Associates, Inc., or Compass, and the related assets from the stockholders of Compass. Compass is a 
top competition economics consulting firm, with offices in Washington, D.C. and San Francisco. Compass provides services that 
involve sophisticated economic analysis in the context of antitrust disputes, mergers and acquisitions, regulatory and policy 
debates, and general commercial litigation across a broad range of industries in the United States, Europe and the Pacific Rim.  

Senior Managing Director Incentive Compensation Program and Employment Terms  

Our employment arrangements with our senior managing directors range from at will employment arrangements that 

include restrictions on post-employment competition and solicitation of our clients and employees to long-term written 
employment agreements. Currently, expirations of employment agreements are concentrated in years 2008 and 2009 because of 
the timing of our acquisitions and our 2004 initiative to enter into written agreements with our senior professionals. In addition, 
there is a concentration of expirations in years 2011 and 2012 because of our current initiative to renegotiate long-term 
employment arrangements with certain senior managing directors who have been designated as participants in our senior 
managing director incentive compensation program, or IC Program, which is discussed below.  

The employment arrangements extended to new employees in connection with acquisitions and new hires of senior 
professionals at the senior managing director level or higher generally provide for fixed salary, participation in incentive 
payment programs (which in some cases may be based on financial measures such as earnings before interest, income taxes, 
depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of other intangible assets, or EBITDA) and a long term equity incentive 
in the form of stock options or restricted stock. They also entitle the professional to participate in our benefit plans. In many 
cases, we extend forgivable unsecured loans to professionals, provided they are not executive officers, in lieu of paying cash 
signing bonuses. We believe that the loan arrangements (which require repayment in full if the employee’s employment 
terminates on certain events prior to his contract’s expiration date) enhance our ability to attract and retain senior 
professionals.  

Our employment arrangements with professionals at the senior managing director level or higher generally provide for 

salary continuation benefits, accrued bonuses and other benefits beyond the termination date if the professional leaves our 
employ for certain reasons prior to the agreement’s expiration date. The length and amount of payments to be paid by us, 
following the termination or resignation of a professional who is a party to a long-term employment agreement, varies depending 
on whether such person resigned or was terminated with cause or good reason, resigned or was terminated without cause or 
good reason, died or became disabled, or was terminated as a result of a change of control. Such employment agreements 
contain non-competition and non-solicitation covenants, which under various circumstances, may extend beyond the expiration 
or termination date depending upon the reason for such termination. Under such non-competition covenants, the professional 

10 

 
generally agrees not to offer or perform consulting services of the type performed during his employment, directly, or indirectly 
through another person or entity, in competition with us, within specified geographic areas, subject, in some cases, to certain 
exceptions. Generally, such professionals also agree not to solicit business regarding any case, matter or client upon which such 
professional worked on our behalf, or to solicit, hire, or influence the departure of, any of our employees, consultants or 
independent contractors. Under the general terms of his or her long-term employment agreement, the professionals also agree to 
maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information and affirm that we are the owners of copyrights, trade marks, 
patents and inventions developed during the course of employment.  

In 2006, we began to renegotiate new long-term employment agreements with certain key senior managing directors. In 

connection with those discussions, we offer certain designated senior managing directors the opportunity to participate in all or 
a portion of the benefits under our IC Program that includes cash, in the form of an unsecured general recourse forgivable loan, 
and significant additional payments upon the execution and during the term of such employment agreement in the form of stock 
options and restricted stock awards or, alternatively, cash equivalents if we do not have adequate equity securities available 
under stockholder approved equity plans. The new employment agreements entered into in 2006 with senior managing directors 
in our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice who are participating in this program will expire in 2011, which means 
that we could face similar retention issues at the end of the terms of those agreements. The new employment agreements entered 
into in January 2007 with senior managing directors in our forensic/litigation consulting and technology practices who are 
participating in this program will expire in 2012. In an effort to reduce this risk, we have included a renewal provision in most of 
the new employment agreements; providing that, the agreement will renew for one year, from year to year, beginning at the end 
of their initial terms unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior 
to the date of the expiration of the initial term or any extended term. We may designate additional participants in the IC 
Program in 2007 and later years that could add to the concentration of expirations in 2012 or result in concentrations of 
expiration dates in other years. There is no assurance we will enter into new long-term employment agreements with other senior 
managing directors, although that is our intention.  

In 2006, we issued significant amounts of unsecured forgivable loans to senior managing directors (including senior 
managing directors and consulting practice leaders who were admitted into our IC Program in 2006) and other key professionals. 
We expect to continue issuing significant amounts of unsecured forgivable loans as part of our compensation package to attract 
and retain our professionals. Some or all of the principal amount and accrued interest of the loans we make to employees could 
be forgivable by us upon the passage of time, while complying with contractual requirements, or certain other events, such as 
death or disability or termination by us without cause or by the employee with good reason. During 2006, we granted stock 
options to purchase an aggregate of 685,000 shares of our common stock and awarded 99,500 shares of restricted stock to the 
senior managing directors in our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice participating in the IC Program. In January 
2007, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 695,000 shares of our common stock and 133,000 shares of restricted 
stock to the senior managing directors in our forensic/litigation consulting and technology practices participating in the IC 
Program. Additional stock option and restricted stock awards will be granted to senior managing directors in our corporate 
finance/restructuring consulting practice participating in the IC Program in 2007, which awards, while not yet final, will be 
significant.  

Marketing and Sales  

We rely primarily on our senior professionals to identify and pursue business opportunities. Referrals from clients, law 
firms and other intermediaries and our reputation from prior engagements are also key factors in securing new business. Our 
professionals develop close working relationships with clients and often learn about new business opportunities from their 
frequent contacts with clients. In marketing our services, we emphasize our experience, the quality of our services and our 
professionals’ particular areas of expertise, as well as our ability to quickly staff new engagements. While we aggressively seek 
new business opportunities, we maintain high professional standards and carefully evaluate potential new client relationships 
and engagements before accepting them.  

Clients  

We provide services for a diverse group of clients, including global Fortune 500 companies, global law firms, global banks, 

local, state and federal governments and agencies in the United States and other countries throughout the world.  

A substantial portion of our revenues are derived from repeat or referral business. No single client accounted for more 

than 5% of our 2006 revenues.  

Competition  

Our business is highly competitive. Our competitors range from large organizations, such as the national accounting firms 
and the large management consulting companies that offer a broad range of consulting services, to small firms and independent 
contractors that provide one specialized service. We compete primarily on the basis of institutional and individual reputations, 
ability to immediately staff a significant engagement, performance record, quality of work, range of services provided and 
existing client relationships. To a lesser extent, we also compete on price, but the critical nature of our services typically reduces 
price to a secondary consideration. Since our business depends in a large part on professional relationships, our business has low 
barriers of entry for professionals, including our professionals, wanting to start their own firms or to change employers.  

11 

 
Some service providers are larger than we are and, on any given engagement, may have a competitive advantage over us 
with respect to one or more competitive factors. The smaller local or regional firms, while not offering the range of services we 
provide, often are able to provide the lowest price on a specific engagement because of their lower overhead costs and proximity 
to the engagement.  

Patents, Licenses and Proprietary Information  

We consider certain of our products and processes, including our TrialMax® comprehensive trial preparation software, 

proprietary and confidential. We consider the Ringtail™ Casebook and Ringtail Legal™ software and the other technologies and 
software that we acquired in connection with the Ringtail transaction to be proprietary and confidential. We believe that our 
non-patented software and intellectual property, particularly some of our process software and intellectual property, is 
important to our forensic/litigation and technology practices. We rely upon non-disclosure agreements and contractual 
agreements and a system of internal controls, including, confidentiality and invention disclosure agreements with our employees 
and independent contractors, and license agreements with third parties, to protect our proprietary information. Despite these 
safeguards, there is a risk that competitors may obtain and use such information.  

Employees  

As of December 31, 2006, we had 2,079 total employees, including 1,596 revenue-generating professionals. As of 
December 31, 2006, we had operations across 29 U.S. cities as well as the U.K., Ireland, France, Russia, Australia, Hong Kong, 
China, Singapore, Japan, United Arab Emirates and South Africa. We also engage independent contractors to supplement our 
professionals on client engagements as needed. Most of our professionals have many years of experience in their field of 
practice, and many are well recognized for their expertise and experience. None of our employees are subject to collective 
bargaining contracts or represented by a union. We believe our relationship with our employees is good.  

Corporate Information  

FTI Consulting, Inc. is a Maryland corporation. We are a publicly traded company with common stock listed on the New 

York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “FCN.”  

Our executive offices are located at 500 East Pratt Street, Suite 1400, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Our telephone number is 

(410) 951-4800. Our website is www.fticonsulting.com.  

Available Information  

We are subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act. Therefore, we file periodic reports, proxy statements 

and other information with the SEC. Such reports, proxy statements and other information may be obtained by visiting the 
Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 E Street, NE Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the 
Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) 
that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically.  

We make available, free of charge, on or through our website, our annual, quarterly and current reports and any 

amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such reports with the SEC. Information 
posted on our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any other report filed with the SEC in satisfaction of the 
requirements of the Exchange Act.  

12 

 
ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS  

All of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations In 

addition to the risks below, other risks and uncertainties not known to us or that we currently consider immaterial may also 
materially adversely affect our business operations.  

Our failure to retain qualified professionals or hire additional qualified professionals would have a negative effect on 
our future growth and financial performance as well as on client engagements, services and relationships.  

Our business involves the delivery of professional forensic/litigation, corporate finance/restructuring, economic 
consulting, technology services and strategic and financial communications consulting services. In the consulting business, 
professional acumen, trust and relationships are critical elements of a company’s ability to deliver high quality professional 
services. Our professionals have highly specialized skills. They also develop strong bonds with the clients they service. Our 
continued success depends upon our ability to attract and retain our staff of professionals who have expertise, reputations and 
client relationships critical to maintaining and developing our business. We face intense competition in recruiting and retaining 
highly qualified professionals that we must employ to continue our service offerings. Our employment arrangements with our 
senior managing directors range from at will employment arrangements that include restrictions on post-employment 
competition and solicitation of our clients and employees to long-term written employment agreements. Currently, expirations 
of employment agreements are concentrated in years 2008 and 2009 because of the timing of our acquisitions and our 2004 
initiative to enter into written agreements with our senior professionals. In addition, there are concentrations of expirations in 
years 2011 and 2012 because of our current initiative to renegotiate long term employment arrangements with certain senior 
managing directors who have been designated as participants in our senior managing director incentive compensation program, 
IC Program, which is discussed below. We monitor these contract expirations carefully to commence dialogues with professionals 
regarding their employment well in advance of the actual contract expiration dates. Our goal is to renew employment 
agreements when advisable and to stagger the expirations of the agreements if possible. Because of the high concentration of 
contract expirations in certain years, we may experience high turnover or other adverse consequences, such as higher costs, loss 
of clients and engagements, or difficulty staffing engagements, if we are unable to renegotiate employment arrangements or the 
costs of retaining qualified professionals become higher. We cannot assure that we will be able to attract and retain enough 
qualified professionals to maintain or expand our business. Moreover, competition has been increasing our costs of retaining or 
hiring qualified professionals, a trend which could harm our operating margins and results of operations.  

In 2006, we renegotiated new long-term employment agreements with certain key senior managing directors in our 
corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice. In January 2007, we renegotiated new long-term employment agreements 
with certain key senior managing directors in our forensic/litigation consulting and technology practices. Certain designated 
senior managing directors have been given all or a portion of the benefits under our IC Program that includes cash, in the form 
of an unsecured general recourse forgivable loan, and significant additional payments upon the execution and during the term of 
such employment agreement in the form of stock options and restricted stock awards or, alternatively, cash equivalents if we do 
not have adequate equity securities available under stockholder approved equity plans. Most of the new employment agreements 
entered into in 2006 will expire in 2011 and most of the new employment agreements entered into in January 2007 will expire in 
2012. This means that we could face similar retention issues at the end of the terms of those agreements. In an effort to reduce 
this risk, we have included a renewal provision in most of the new employment agreements providing that the agreements will 
renew for one year from year-to-year beginning at the end of their initial terms unless either party provides written notice of 
non-renewal to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the date of the expiration of the initial term or any extended 
term. We may extend the SMD compensation program to other participants in certain of our other consulting practices in 2007 
or beyond, which could result in a concentration of employment agreements other years. While we hope that we enter into new 
long-term employment agreements with a significant number of senior managing directors, there is no assurance we will be able 
to do so. In 2006, we issued unsecured forgivable loans and refundable signing bonuses to senior managing directors (including 
senior managing directors and practice leaders who were admitted into our IC Program in 2006) and other key professionals in 
the aggregate principal amount of about $42 million. In January and February 2007, we made additional unsecured forgivable 
loans to senior managing directors (including participants in the IC Program) and other senior managing directors and key 
professionals in the aggregate principal amount of $26.6 million. We expect to continue to include unsecured forgivable loans in 
compensation packages to recruit and retain our professionals. Some or all of the principal amount and accrued interest of the 
loans we make to employees could be forgivable by us upon the passage of time, while complying with contractual requirements, 
or certain other events, such as death or disability or termination by us without cause or by the employee with good reason. As 
of December 31, 2006, substantial stock option and restricted stock awards have been granted to participants pursuant to the IC 
Program, and in 2007, additional equity awards will be significant.  

13 

 
  
  
Our clients may preclude us from representing multiple clients in connection with the same engagement or competitive 
matter; our other practices may be precluded from accepting engagements from clients with respect to the same or 
competitive matter for which another practice has been engaged to provide services and required to forego potential 
business prospects in order to win engagements, which could harm our revenues, results of operations and client 
relationships and engagements.  

We follow internal practices to assess real and potential issues in the relationships between and among our clients, 
engagements, practices and professionals. For example, we generally will not represent parties adverse to each other in the same 
matter. Under bankruptcy rules, we generally may not represent both a debtor and its creditors in the same proceeding. Under 
federal bankruptcy laws, we are required to notify the U.S. Trustee of real or potential conflicts. The U.S. Trustee could find that 
we no longer meet the disinterestedness standard because of real or potential changes in our status as a disinterested party, and 
order us to resign, which could result in disgorgement of fees. Acquisitions may result in us resigning from a current client 
engagement because of relationship issues that are not currently identifiable. In addition, businesses that we acquire may not be 
free to accept engagements they could have accepted prior to our acquiring them because of relationship issues. Our inability to 
accept engagements from clients or prospective clients, represent multiple clients in connection with the same or competitive 
engagements, and any requirement that we resign from client engagements may negatively impact our revenues, revenue growth 
and results of operations.  

If our former professionals go into business in competition with us or join our competitors, our client engagements and 
relationships could decline, financial performance and growth could slow or decline, and employee morale could suffer, 
and we may not have legal recourse.  

Typically, our professionals have a close relationship with the clients they serve, not only based on their expertise but also 

on bonds of personal trust and confidence. Although our clients generally contract for services with us as a company, and not 
with individual professionals, in the event that professionals leave, such clients would not be prohibited from hiring those 
professionals to perform future engagements. Clients could also decide to transfer active engagements to professionals who 
leave. The engagement letters that we typically enter into with clients do not obligate them to continue to use our services. 
Typically, our engagement letters permit clients to terminate our services at any time. Furthermore, while in some cases, the 
termination of an ongoing engagement by a client could constitute a breach of the client’s contract with us, we could decide 
that preserving the overall client relationship is more important than seeking damages for the breach, and for that or other 
reasons that are not currently identifiable, decide not to pursue any legal remedies that might be available to us. We would make 
the determination whether to pursue any legal actions against a client on a case-by-case basis.  

Substantially all of our written employment arrangements with our senior managing directors include non-competition 

and non-solicitation arrangements. These non-competition agreements have generally been drafted to comply with state 
“reasonableness” standards. However, states generally interpret non-competition clauses narrowly. Therefore, a state may hold 
certain restrictions on competition to be unenforceable. In the case of employees outside of the U.S., the non-competition 
provisions have been drafted to comply with applicable foreign law. In the event an employee departs, we will consider any legal 
remedies we may have against such professional on a case-by-case basis. However, we may decide that preserving cooperation 
and a professional relationship, or other concerns, outweigh the benefits of any possible legal recovery. Therefore, we may 
determine not to pursue legal action, even if available.  

Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to manage utilization and pricing rates of our professional staff.  

We calculate the utilization rate for our professional staff by dividing the number of hours that our professionals worked 
on client assignments during a period by the total available working hours for our professionals, assuming a 40-hour work week 
and a 52-week year. Available working hours include vacation and professional training days, but exclude holidays. The hourly 
rates we charge our clients for our services and the number of hours our professionals are able to charge our clients for our 
services are affected by the level of expertise and experience of the professionals working on a particular engagement and, to a 
lesser extent, the pricing and staffing policies of our competitors. If we fail to manage our utilization rates for our professionals 
or maintain or increase the hourly rates we charge our clients for our services, we may experience adverse consequences, such as 
non-revenue-generating professionals, the loss of clients and engagements and the inability to appropriately staff engagements 
and our profitability will suffer. As we have expanded our business offerings and the mix of business has changed, utilization was 
a less meaningful measure of productivity and profitability for 2006, particularly with respect to our technology and strategic 
and financial communications consulting practices, which do not bill a substantial amount of their business on an hourly basis.  

Utilization of our professionals is affected by a number of factors, some of which are not within our control, including 

general economic conditions, the number, size and timing of client engagements, our ability to forecast demand for our services 
and maintain an appropriate level of professionals, ability to utilize professionals across practices, acquisitions and the hiring of 
new professionals and staff vacations. Utilization in our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice has declined since 
2005 due to a decrease in the number and size of its bankruptcy cases and decline in demand for certain of its services resulting 
from the strengthening of the economy, the availability of credit, low interest rates, fewer mergers and acquisitions and fewer 
large bankruptcy proceedings. Other factors contributing to the decline in utilization rates in that practice included upfront 
hiring for expansion into the U.K. without an associated book of business.  

14 

 
We may have difficulty integrating the operations of FD. Should we fail to integrate FD’s operations, our results of 
operations and profitability could be negatively impacted.  

As of October 4, 2006, we acquired FD. FD is a corporation organized under the laws of England and Wales and it has 

subsidiaries organized under the laws of other non-U.S. jurisdictions as well as the U.S. We may not be successful in integrating 
the operations of FD and the combined company may not perform as we expect. Some of the integration challenges we face 
include differences in corporate culture and management styles, additional or conflicting governmental regulations, preparation 
of the FD operations for compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, financial reporting that is not in compliance with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, disparate company policies and practices, client relationship issues and 
retention of key FD officers and personnel. In addition, management may be required to devote a considerable amount of time to 
the integration process, which could decrease the amount of time they have to manage FTI. We cannot assure that we will 
successfully or cost-effectively integrate FD’s operations. The failure to do so could have a negative effect on results of 
operations or profitability. The process of integrating operations could cause some interruption of, or the loss of momentum in, 
the activities of one or more of our or FD’s businesses.  

FD represents a strategically aligned, but different line of business that we do not have experience in operating.  

While we believe that FD is strategically aligned with our current line of business, the success factors for effectively 
competing for and executing strategic and financial communications consulting engagements are different than those required 
for our other businesses. FD’s professionals have different backgrounds and skill sets. Strategic and financial communications 
solutions may be more creative than our other services, thereby making an objective assessment of quality of service challenging 
and different from most of our service offerings. We may have greater challenges in assisting or arbitrating in difficult client 
matters. We may not have existing relationships with many of FD’s clients, we may not have relationships with other 
international prospects for FD. In addition, FD, outside of the U.S., does not manage its business or bill its clients based on hours 
and rates like FTI, but rather runs on the basis of teams that have revenue and profitability objectives, and a substantial portion 
of FD’s revenues are generated through retainers. We may have difficulty identifying emerging problems or opportunities due to 
this different model, which could negatively impact our business prospects and results of operations.  

Our international operations create special risks.  

Particularly as a result of acquisitions in 2006, we operated in 11 countries besides the U.S. We expect to continue our 
international expansion, and our international revenues are expected to account for an increasing portion of our revenues in the 
future. Our international operations carry special financial and business risks, including:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

cultural and language differences;  

limited “brand” recognition for FTI in non-U.S. markets;  

employment laws and related factors that could result in lower utilization and cyclical fluctuations of utilization and 
revenues;  

currency fluctuations that adversely affect our financial position and operating results;  

burdensome regulatory requirements and other barriers to conducting business;  

greater difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;  

greater difficulties in managing and staffing foreign operations;  

longer sales cycles;  

restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;  

differing accounting principles and standards;  

potentially adverse tax consequences, such as trapped foreign losses;  

different or less stable political and economic environments; and  

civil disturbances or other catastrophic events that reduce business activity.  

If we are not able to quickly adapt to our new markets, our business prospects and results of operations could be negatively 
impacted.  

We rely heavily on our senior management team and practice leaders for the success of our business.  

We rely heavily on our senior management team and practice leaders to manage our practices. Given the highly specialized 
nature of our services and the scale of our operations, these people must have a thorough understanding of our service offerings 
as well as the skills and experience necessary to manage a large organization. If one or more members of our senior management 
team or our practice leaders leave and we cannot replace them with a suitable candidate quickly, we could experience difficulty 
in managing our business properly, and this could harm our business prospects, client relationships, employee morale and results 
of operations.  

15 

 
  
Any claims involving the quality of our services could harm our overall professional reputation, which could harm our 
ability to compete for new business opportunities, retain and attract clients and engagements, and hire and retain 
qualified professionals.  

Many of our engagements involve complex analysis and the exercise of professional judgment. Therefore, we are subject to 

the risk of professional liability. Often, our engagements involve matters that, if resolved unfavorably, may result in a severe 
impact on the client’s business, cause the client a substantial monetary loss or prevent the client from pursuing business 
opportunities. Since our ability to attract new clients and generate engagements depends upon our ability to maintain a high 
degree of client satisfaction as well as our reputation among industry professionals, any claims against us involving the quality of 
our services may be more damaging than similar claims against businesses in other industries.  

We do not generally indemnify our clients; however, in certain cases, such as with clients who are governmental agencies 
or authorities, we may agree to indemnify them and their affiliates against third party liabilities. Indemnification provisions are 
negotiated on a contract-by-contract basis and in some cases may be reciprocal or may be coupled with limitations on the 
amount and type of damages that can be recovered.  

Any claim by a client or a third party against us could expose us to professional or other liabilities in excess of our 

insurance limits. We maintain a limited amount of liability insurance. The damages and/or expenses resulting from any successful 
claims against us, for indemnity or otherwise, in excess of our insurance limits would have to be borne directly by us and could 
seriously harm our profitability, financial resources and reputation.  

Our clients may terminate our engagements with little or no notice, which may cause us to experience unexpected 
declines in our profitability and utilization.  

Much of our business involves large client engagements that we staff with a substantial number of professionals. The 
engagement letters that we typically enter into with clients do not obligate them to continue to use our services. Typically, our 
engagement letters permit clients to terminate our services at any time. If our clients unexpectedly cancel engagements with us 
or curtail the scope of our engagements, we may be unable to replace the lost revenues from those engagements, quickly 
eliminate costs associated with those engagements, or quickly find other engagements to utilize our professionals. Any decrease 
in revenues without a corresponding reduction in our costs will likely harm our profitability.  

We face intense competition in our business. If we fail to compete effectively, we may miss new business opportunities 
or lose existing clients and our revenues and profitability may decline. Parties from whom we acquire assets may reenter 
the marketplace to compete with us in the future.  

The market for our consulting services is highly competitive. Our competitors range from large organizations, such as the 

national accounting firms and the large management consulting companies that offer a broad range of consulting services, to 
small firms and independent contractors that provide one specialized service. Some of our competitors have significantly more 
financial resources, larger professional staffs and greater brand recognition than we do. Since our business depends in a large 
part on professional relationships, our business has low barriers of entry for professionals wanting to start their own firms. In 
addition, it is relatively easy for professionals to change employers. We cannot assure we will continue to compete successfully 
for new business opportunities or retain our existing clients or professional employees.  

In connection with our acquisitions, we generally obtain non-solicitation agreements from the professionals we hire as well 

as non-competition agreements from senior managers and professionals. In some cases we enter into non-competition or non-
solicitation arrangements generally with sellers. We cannot assure any one or more of the parties from whom we acquire assets 
or a business who do not join us, or persons who join us upon expiration or breach of their agreements not to compete or solicit, 
will not compete with us in the future. Also, the duration of those agreements are limited ranging from three to eight years after 
the acquisition date. Certain activities may be carved out of or otherwise may not be prohibited by those arrangements. Also, in 
some cases we may agree to restraints on our ability to compete with the sellers of those businesses with respect to certain 
practice areas or locations. Competition may harm our expected revenue growth and results of operations and cause the actual 
profitability of a business to differ materially from our expectations and the expectations of the investing public.  

We may have difficulty integrating our acquisitions, or convincing clients to allow assignment of their engagements to 
us, with a consequent detrimental effect on our financial results.  

The process of managing and integrating our future acquisitions into our existing operations may result in unforeseen 

operating difficulties and may require significant financial, operational and managerial resources that would otherwise be 
available for the operation, development and expansion of our existing business. To the extent that we have miscalculated our 
ability to integrate and properly manage any or all of our acquisitions, we may have difficulty in achieving our operating and 
strategic objectives. A substantial amount of our growth has been due to acquisitions. In 2006, we completed our acquisition of 
Competition Policy Associates, Inc., which we refer to as Compass. Compass is one of the top competition economics consulting 
firms in the world, with offices in Washington, D.C. and San Francisco. Compass provides services that involve sophisticated 
economic analysis in the context of antitrust disputes, mergers and acquisitions, regulatory and policy debates, and general 
commercial litigation across a broad range of industries in the United States, Europe and the Pacific Rim. This acquisition has 
been substantially integrated within FTI.  

16 

 
  
As of October 4, 2006, we acquired substantially all of the share capital of FD. Based in London, FD is one of the world’s 

largest business and financial communications consultancies and provides a comprehensive range of solutions critical to today’s 
corporate boardroom. We also have made smaller acquisitions during 2005 and 2006. We may be unable to realize the financial, 
operational, and other benefits we anticipate from these acquisitions or any other acquisition. If we fail to integrate their 
operations, our results of operations and profitability could be negatively impacted.  

Further, acquisitions may involve a number of special financial, business and operational risks, such as:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

difficulties in integrating diverse corporate cultures and management styles;  

additional or conflicting government regulation;  

disparate company polices and practices;  

client relationship issues;  

diversion of our management’s time, attention, and resources;  

decreased utilization during the integration process  

loss of key acquired personnel;  

increased costs to improve or coordinate managerial, operational, financial, and administrative systems including 
compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;  

dilutive issuances of equity securities, including convertible debt securities to finance acquisitions;  

the assumption of legal liabilities;  

amortization of acquired intangible assets; and  

potential write-offs related to the impairment of goodwill.  

Substantially all of our acquisitions, other than FD and Compass, have been structured as asset transactions. Asset 

transactions generally necessitate receipt of third party consents to assign client engagements. All clients might not affirmatively 
consent to an assignment. In addition, in some cases there are no written client contracts memorializing an engagement. Such 
engagements will only continue at the pleasure of those clients. In certain cases, such as government contracts and bankruptcy 
engagements, the consents of clients cannot be solicited until after the acquisition has closed. Further, such contracts may be 
subject to security clearance requirements or bidding provisions with which we might not be able to comply. There is no 
assurance that local, state and federal governments will agree to novate their contracts to us. In addition, in an engagement that 
involves a bankruptcy case, we must make a filing with the applicable U.S. Trustee, at which time such U.S. Trustee may find that 
we are no longer disinterested. In connection with such bankruptcy cases, we may be required to resign and to refund fees 
collected in connection with those engagements. We could be responsible for returning fees even if they were not paid to us, but 
rather to the company from whom we acquired the business. In some cases, we may not have legal recourse to demand that the 
seller of the business reimburse us.  

In addition to the integration challenges mentioned above, our acquisitions of non-U.S. companies, including FD, offer 
unique integration challenges relating to non-U.S. GAAP financial reporting, foreign laws and governmental regulations, and 
other factors some of which have been discussed above in the discussion regarding the difficulties we may face integrating the 
operations of FD and operating globally.  

Our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice has an increased risk of fee non-payment.  

Many of our clients have engaged us because they are experiencing financial distress. We recognize that these clients may 
not have sufficient funds to continue operations or to pay for our services. We typically do not receive retainers before we begin 
performing services on a client’s behalf in connection with a significant amount of our corporate finance/restructuring 
consulting practice. In the cases that we have received retainers, we cannot assure the retainers will adequately cover our fees 
for the services we perform on behalf of these clients. We are not always able to obtain retainers from clients in bankruptcy as 
the bankruptcy court must approve our retainers for those clients. Even if a bankruptcy court approves our retainer or 
engagement, a bankruptcy court has the discretion to require us to return all, or a portion of, our fees. Therefore, we face the 
risk of non-payment, which can result in write-offs. More write-offs than we expect in any period would have a negative impact 
on our results of operations.  

If the size, complexity and number of debt defaults, bankruptcy or restructuring actions or other factors affecting 
demand for our corporate finance/restructuring services declines, or if economic, legal, regulatory or other conditions 
beyond our control result in a reduced demand for our corporate finance/restructuring, forensic/litigation, economic, 
technology, strategic and financial communications consulting and other services, our revenues and profitability could 
suffer.  

Our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice provides various restructuring and restructuring-related services 

to companies in financial distress or their creditors or other stakeholders. A number of factors outside of our control affect 
demand for our services. These include:  

17 

 
• 

• 

the availability and level of lending activity, interest rates and over-leveraging of companies;  

over-expansion by various businesses;  

•  merger and acquisition activity;  

•  management problems;  

• 

• 

governmental regulations; and  

other general economic factors resulting in the decline in the economy in the U.S.  

We have also seen a decline of the mega-bankruptcy cases, resulting in a greater portion of our business being comprised 
of engagements relating to bankruptcy and restructuring matters involving mid-size companies, primarily as a result of general 
economic conditions, including the strengthening of the economy, the availability of credit and low interest rates. In our 
experience, mid-size bankruptcy and restructuring engagements are more susceptible to cyclical factors such as holidays and 
vacations. The shift to mid-size engagements could result in lower utilization, especially during the third and fourth quarters of 
any year due to these factors. Declines in demand for our restructuring, turnaround and bankruptcy services as well as smaller 
engagements could result in lower revenues and decrease our overall profitability. Our other practices, including 
forensic/litigation consulting, economic consulting, technology and strategic and financial communications consulting, are also 
driven by crisis situations that affect companies but which are outside of our control. We are not able to predict the effect 
future events or changes to the U.S. or global business environment could have on our operations. Changes to any of the factors 
described above as well as other events, including by way of example, tort reform, changes to laws and regulations, including 
recent changes to the bankruptcy code, decline in government enforcement, and alternative dispute resolution practices, or a 
decline in litigation, and declines in monetary damages or remedies that are sought, may have an adverse effect on one or more 
of our businesses.  

If we fail to find suitable acquisition candidates, or if we are unable to take advantage of opportunistic acquisition 
situations, our ability to expand may be curtailed.  

The number of suitable acquisition candidates may decline if the competition for acquisition candidates increases or the 

cost of acquiring acquisition candidates becomes too expensive. As a result, we may be unable to make acquisitions or be forced 
to pay more or agree to less advantageous acquisition terms for the companies that we are able to acquire. Alternatively, at the 
time an acquisition opportunity presents itself, internal and external pressures (including, but not limited to, borrowing capacity 
under our amended and restated senior secured credit facility or the availability of alternative financing), may cause us to be 
unable to pursue or complete an acquisition. Our ability to grow our business, particularly through acquisitions, may depend on 
our ability to raise capital by selling equity or debt securities or obtaining additional debt financing. We cannot assure, however, 
that we will be able to obtain financing when we need it or on terms acceptable to us. In any case, we may be unable to grow 
our business or expand our service offerings as quickly as we have in the past and our profitability may decline.  

We may not manage our growth effectively, and our profitability may suffer.  

We have experienced rapid growth in recent years. This rapid expansion of our business may strain our management team, 
human resources and information systems. We cannot assure that we can successfully manage the integration of any businesses 
we may acquire or that they will result in the financial, operational and other benefits that we anticipate. To manage our growth 
successfully, we may need to add qualified managers and employees and periodically update our operating, financial and other 
systems, as well as our internal procedures and controls. We also must effectively motivate, train and manage a larger 
professional staff. Such expansion may result in significant expenditures. If we fail to add qualified managers and employees or 
manage our growth effectively, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed.  

Our revenues, operating income and cash flows are likely to fluctuate.  

We have experienced fluctuating revenues, operating income and cash flows and expect that this will occur from time to 
time in the future. We experience fluctuations in our annual or quarterly revenues and operating income because of the timing 
of our client assignments, utilization of our revenue-generating professionals, the types of assignments we are working on at 
different times, new hiring, acquisitions and decreased productivity because of vacations taken by our professionals. This means 
our profitability will likely decline if we experience an unexpected variation in the number or timing of client assignments or 
utilization, especially during the third quarter when substantial numbers of professionals take vacations, which reduces their 
utilization rates. We may also experience future fluctuations in our cash flows because of increased compensation, including 
changes to our incentive compensation structure and the timing of those payments, which we generally pay during the first 
quarter of each year. Also, the timing of future acquisitions and the cost of integrating them may cause fluctuations in our 
operating results.  

We may have a different system of governance and management from the companies we acquire or their parents, which 
could cause professionals who join us from acquired companies to leave us.  

Our governance and management practices and policies do not mirror the policies and practices of acquired companies or 

their parents. In some cases, different management practices and policies may lead to workplace dissatisfaction on the part of 

18 

 
acquired professionals with our way of conducting business. The loss of one or more key professionals may harm our business 
and results of operations.  

Compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could adversely affect our competitive position; failure to comply 
could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.  

We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and certain related laws, which generally prohibit U.S. companies from 

engaging in bribery of, or other prohibited payments to, foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. FD 
conducted substantial business outside of the U.S. prior to our acquisition of FD in October 2006. Corruption, bribery, pay-offs, 
and other fraudulent practices involving foreign officials occur from time-to-time in the markets in which FD operated and in 
which we now operate. We are currently not aware of any violations of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act by our employees and 
agents, including employees and agents of FD prior to the October 2006 acquisition of FD. However, there is no assurance that 
employees and agents have not engaged and will not engage in misconduct for which we might be held responsible. If our 
employees or agents are found to have engaged in such practices, we could suffer severe monetary penalties and other legal 
consequences that may have a material adverse effect on our business, properties, prospects, financial condition and results of 
operations.  

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our financial 
obligations.  

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2006, we had total indebtedness of $570.4 million and 

an additional $150.0 million of revolving availability under our senior secured credit facility senior secured credit facility, subject 
to $9.3 million of outstanding letters of credit.  

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could:  

•  make it more difficult to satisfy our other financial obligations, including our obligations with respect to our 7 5/8% 
senior notes due 2013, 3 3/4% senior subordinated convertible notes due 2012 and 7 3/4% senior notes due 2016, 
collectively our notes;  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;  

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to payments on our indebtedness, 
thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures, 
research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;  

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;  

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;  

limit our ability to borrow additional funds; and  

limit our ability to make future acquisitions.  

In addition, our notes and senior secured bank credit facility contain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage 

in activities that may be in our best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default 
which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debts.  

Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could 
further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.  

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of our senior 
secured credit facility and the indentures governing our notes do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. As of 
December 31, 2006, we had an additional $150.0 million of revolving availability under our senior secured credit facility, subject 
to $9.3 million of outstanding letters of credit. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related 
risks that we and they now face could intensify.  

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many 
factors beyond our control.  

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions will 

depend on our ability to generate cash. This, to a certain extent, is subject to economic, financial, competitive, legislative, 
regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.  

Based on our current level of operations, we believe our cash flows from operations, available cash and available 
borrowings under our senior secured credit facility will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs for at least the next few years.  

We cannot assure, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations, that anticipated cost 

savings and operating improvements will be realized on schedule or that future borrowings will be available to us under our 
amended and restated senior secured credit facility or that we can obtain alternative financing proceeds in an amount sufficient 
to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our 

19 

 
indebtedness, on or before maturity. We cannot assure that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our 
amended and restated senior secured credit facility or the notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.  

We may be required to pay substantial amounts in cash to holders of our convertible notes at the time of conversion 
prior to maturity.  

Our 3 3/4% senior subordinated convertible notes, or convertible notes, will mature on July 15, 2012. In addition, we may 

be required to pay substantial amounts in cash to holders of our convertible notes prior to their stated maturity at the time of 
conversion. The indentures governing our senior notes generally allow for these payments, and our senior secured credit facility 
permits these payments in some, but not all, circumstances. Payments of our convertible notes upon conversion could be 
construed to be a prepayment of principal on subordinated debt, and our existing and future senior debt may prohibit us from 
making those payments, or may restrict our ability to do so by requiring that we satisfy certain covenants relating to the making 
of restricted payments. If we are unable to pay the conversion consideration, we could seek consent from our senior creditors to 
make the payment. If we are unable to obtain their consent, we could attempt to refinance the debt. If we were unable to obtain 
consent or refinance the debt, we would be prohibited from paying the cash portion of the conversion consideration, in which 
case we would have an event of default under the indenture governing our convertible notes. An event of default under the 
convertible note indenture most likely would constitute an event of default under the indentures governing our senior notes and 
senior secured credit facility.  

The indenture governing the convertible notes provides that they are convertible only upon the occurrence of certain 

events. However, we generally will be unable to control timing of any conversion of the convertible notes. As a result of making 
cash payments on the convertible notes, we may not have sufficient cash to pay the principal of, or interest on, our other debt 
or fund our other cash needs. We may attempt to borrow under our senior secured credit facility to fund payments, but there 
can be no assurance that we will have sufficient availability under that or any successor facility or that our credit facility lenders 
will allow us to draw on that facility for the purpose of making payments on senior notes.  

Our indebtedness is guaranteed by substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries and will be required to be guaranteed by 
future subsidiaries including those organized or that join us in connection with an acquisition.  

Substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries guarantee our notes. They also guarantee our senior secured credit facility 
and their assets secure such indebtedness. Future subsidiaries formed or incorporated in the U.S., including those organized or 
acquired by us in connection with acquisitions, will be required to guarantee the notes and our senior secured bank debt and to 
pledge their assets as collateral for our senior secured credit facility.  

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

Not Applicable.  

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES  

Under various leases expiring through August 2009, we lease about 44,000 square feet of office space for our principal 

corporate facilities located in Annapolis, Maryland. We lease about 10,600 square feet of office space for our executive offices 
located in Baltimore, Maryland under a lease expiring January 2016. We also lease offices to support our operations in 27 other 
cities across the U.S., including such cities as New York, Chicago, Denver, Houston, Dallas, Los Angeles, San Francisco and 
Washington, D.C., and to support our international locations in the U.K., Ireland, France, Russia, Australia, China, Hong Kong, 
Japan, Singapore, United Arab Emirates and South Africa. We believe our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current 
requirements and that suitable space will be available as needed.  

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

From time to time in the ordinary course of business, we are subject to claims, asserted or unasserted, or named as a party 

to lawsuits or investigations. Litigation, in general, and intellectual property and securities litigation in particular, can be 
expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of legal proceedings cannot be predicted with any 
certainty and in the case of more complex legal proceedings, such as intellectual property and securities litigation, the results are 
difficult to predict at all. We are not aware of any asserted or unasserted legal proceedings or claims that we believe would have 
a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of our operations.  

ITEM 4. 

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS  

No matters were submitted to our stockholders for consideration during the quarter ended December 31, 2006.  

20 

 
  
  
PART II  

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

Market Price of and Dividends on Our Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters  

Market Information. Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “FCN.” The following 

table lists the high and low sale prices per share for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the 
periods indicated.  

2006  

2005  

High  

Low  

High  

Low  

Quarter Ended 

March 31....................................................................  
June 30 ......................................................................  
September 30............................................................  
December 31.............................................................  

$ 

29.77   $ 
29.34  
28.44  
29.29  

24.50   $ 
24.37  
19.82  
24.53  

21.95   $ 
22.66  
26.37  
30.54  

17.20  
19.02  
20.66  
23.79  

Number of Stockholders of Record. As of February 15, 2007, the number of record holders of our common stock was 363.  

Dividends. We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date and we do not anticipate 
paying any cash dividends on our shares of common stock in the foreseeable future because we intend to retain our earnings, if 
any, to finance the expansion of our business, make acquisitions and for general corporate purposes. Our senior secured credit 
facility and the indentures governing our senior notes restrict our ability to pay dividends.  

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans  

The following table lists information regarding outstanding options and shares reserved for future issuance under our 

equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2006. None of the plans have outstanding warrants or rights other than options, 
except for shares of restricted stock described in footnote (2) following the table. We have not issued any shares of our common 
stock to employees as compensation under plans that have not been approved by our security holders. The number of securities 
to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights included in the table below excludes:  

• 

• 

• 

shares of common stock issued as direct restricted and unrestricted stock awards under our 1997 Stock Option Plan, 
as amended;  

shares of common stock issued as direct restricted and unrestricted stock awards under our 2004 Long-Term Incentive 
Plan (As Amended and Restated April 27, 2006), as amended;  

shares of common stock issued as direct restricted and unrestricted stock awards under our 2006 Global Long-Term 
Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective October 25, 2006); and  

• 

shares of common stock sold under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.  

21 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information 

(a)  

(b)  

(c)  

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans approved by our security 

holders .......................................................................  
Equity compensation plans not approved by our security 
holders .......................................................................  

Number of Securities 
to be Issued Upon 
Exercise of 
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights 

(in thousands) 

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price of 
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights 

5,851(1)  $     

           23.25 

—  

        — 

Total ...............................................................................  

5,851(1)  $ 

23.25  

Number of Securities 
Remaining Available for 
Future Issuance Under 
Equity Compensation 
Plans (Excluding 
Securities Reflected in 
Column (a)) 

(in thousands) 

4,902(2) 

—  

4,902(2) 

(1) 

(2) 

Includes 2,901,316 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of outstanding stock options granted under our 1997 
Stock Option Plan and 2,169,893 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of outstanding stock options granted under 
our 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan as amended, and 779,707 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of outstanding 
stock options granted under our 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended.  
Includes (a) 97,419 shares of common stock available for issuance under our 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended, as stock 
options or direct stock awards; (b) 271,223 shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2004 Long-Term 
Incentive Plan, as amended, including 73,116 shares of common stock available for direct stock awards; and (c) 2,532,793 
shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, including 
912,500 shares of common stock available for direct stock awards; and (d) 2,000,000 shares of common stock available for 
issuance under our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  

Issuances of Unregistered Securities  

Not Applicable.  

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers  

The following table provides information with respect to purchases we made of our common stock during the fourth 

quarter of 2006 (in thousands except per share amounts).  

October 1 through October 31, 2006.................... 
November 1 through November 30, 2006 ............ 
December 1 through December 31, 2006............. 

Total..................................................................  

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased (1) 

Average 
Price Paid 
per Share 

6   $ 
—  
  —  

6  

25.56  
—  
—  

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced 
Program 

Approximate Dollar 
Value that May Yet 
Be Purchased Under 
the Program (2) 

—   $ 
—   $ 
  —   $ 

—  

33,456  
33,456  
33,456  

(1) 

(2) 

Represents 5,558 shares of common stock withheld to cover payroll tax withholdings related to the lapse of restrictions on 
restricted stock.  
In October 2003, our board of directors initially approved a share repurchase program under which we are authorized to 
purchase shares of our common stock. From time to time since then, our board has increased the amount of authorized 
share repurchases under the program. The board authorization of $50.0 million for 2006 expired as of December 31, 2006. 
On February 14, 2007, our board of directors reauthorized up to $50.0 million of stock purchases under the program 
through December 31, 2007.  

22 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  

We derived the selected financial data presented below for the periods or dates indicated from our consolidated financial 

statements. Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 were audited by KPMG LLP, an 
independent registered public accounting firm. Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended 
December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. 
You should read the data below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial 
information appearing in “—Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and 
“—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”  

Acquisitions  

Our results of operations and financial position were impacted by our significant acquisition activities during 2002, 2003, 

2005 and 2006. See note 3 to our consolidated financial statements for more information.  

Share-Based Payments  

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement No. 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method under which 

prior period amounts are not restated for comparative purposes. In 2006, we began to recognize expense associated with all 
share-based awards based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. As a result of adopting Statement No. 123(R), our results of 
operations are different than they would have been if we had continued to account for share-based compensation under APB 
Opinion No. 25. See note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for the financial statement impact.  

Revenues  

In December 2005, we received a $22.5 million success fee in connection with the resolution of a legal case involving a 
bankrupt estate for which we served as fiduciary for several years. We used about $13 million of the proceeds to compensate 
professionals primarily in the corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice who participated in the assignment and to 
provide incentive compensation for other employees. This amount was recorded as accrued compensation in our consolidated 
balance sheet as of December 31, 2005.  

Special Charges  

Special charges primarily consist of severance and other contractual employee related costs associated with reductions in 

workforce. During the third quarter of 2006, we recorded special charges totaling $23.0 million. The charges reflect actions we 
took to address certain underperforming operations. In particular, we restructured our corporate finance U.K. operations and 
consolidated certain of our non-core practices in the United States, primarily through reductions in workforce. See “Item 7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition—Results of Operations” for more information.  

Discontinued Operations  

In 2002, we committed to a plan to sell our applied sciences business which we sold in 2003. Because we eliminated the 
operations and cash flows of the business components comprising the applied sciences business from our ongoing operations as a 
result of the disposal transactions, and because we do not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations after 
the disposal transactions, we have presented the results of the applied sciences business operations as a discontinued operation 
for all periods prior to the sale.  

23 

 
  
Year Ended December 31,  

2006  

2005  

2004  

2003  

2002  

(in thousands, except per share data) 

INCOME STATEMENT DATA 
Revenues........................................................................................... 
Direct cost of revenues ..................................................................... 
Selling, general and administrative expense ..................................... 
Special charges ................................................................................. 
Amortization of other intangible assets............................................. 

$  707,933   $ 539,545   $ 427,005   $ 375,695   $ 224,113  
  108,104  
  234,970  
51,647  
  106,730  
—  
—  
1,033  
6,836  

  176,429  
78,701  
3,060  
3,680  

  291,592  
  127,727  
—  
6,534  

389,032  
178,572  
22,972  
11,175  

Operating income ............................................................................. 
Interest and other expenses, net....................................................... 
Litigation settlement (losses) gains, net............................................. 

106,182  
(26,830) 
(187) 

  113,692  
(14,876) 
(1,629) 

78,469  
(6,086) 
1,672  

  113,825  
(4,196) 
—  

Income from continuing operations, before income tax provision .... 
Income tax provision ......................................................................... 

79,165  
37,141  

97,187  
40,819  

74,055  
31,177  

  109,629  
44,838  

63,329  
(4,717) 
—  

58,612  
23,704  

Income from continuing operations .................................................. 

42,024  

56,368  

42,878  

64,791  

34,908  

Income from operations of discontinued operations, net of income 
tax provision (benefit)................................................................... 

Loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of income tax 

provision (benefit) ........................................................................ 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations ..................................... 

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

1,649  

3,145  

(6,971) 

(5,322) 

(891) 

2,254  

Net income ....................................................................................... 

$ 

42,024   $  56,368   $  42,878   $  59,469   $  37,162  

Earnings per common share — basic 
Income from continuing operations .................................................. 

Net income ....................................................................................... 

Earnings per common share — diluted 
Income from continuing operations .................................................. 

Net income ....................................................................................... 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding 
Basic.................................................................................................. 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.06   $ 

1.38   $ 

1.02   $ 

1.58   $ 

1.09  

1.06   $ 

1.38   $ 

1.02   $ 

1.45   $ 

1.16  

1.04   $ 

1.35   $ 

1.01   $ 

1.54   $ 

1.02  

1.04   $ 

1.35   $ 

1.01   $ 

1.41   $ 

1.09  

39,741  

40,947  

42,099  

40,925  

32,031  

Diluted .............................................................................................. 

40,526  

41,787  

42,512  

42,046  

34,197  

December 31,  

2006  

2005  

2004  

2003  

2002  

(in thousands) 

$ 

91,923   $ 153,383   $  25,704   $ 

5,765   $ 

116,490  
  1,391,156  

  193,208  
  959,461  

60,241  
  703,827  

14,933  
  660,565  

9,906  
13,778  
  430,531  

570,358  
565,100  

  348,431  
  454,269  

  105,000  
  496,154  

  121,250  
  455,156  

97,833  
  267,975  

BALANCE SHEET DATA 
Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................ 
Working capital ................................................................................. 
Total assets ....................................................................................... 
Long-term debt, including current portion and fair value hedge 

adjustments.................................................................................. 
Stockholders’ equity.......................................................................... 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS  

The following is a discussion and analysis of our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and 
capital resources for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 and significant factors that could affect our 
prospective financial condition and results of operations. You should read this discussion together with our consolidated 
financial statements and notes included in “—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Historical results and any 
discussion of prospective results may not indicate our future performance. This section contains certain “forward-looking 
statements” within the meaning of federal securities laws that involve risks and uncertainties, including statements regarding our 
plans, objectives, goals, strategies and financial performance. Our actual results could differ materially from the results 
anticipated in these forward-looking statements.  

Overview  

We are a leading global firm that organizations rely on when confronting the critical legal, financial and reputational 
issues that shape their futures. We provide advice and solutions to major corporations, financial institutions and law firms in the 
areas of forensic analysis, investigation, economic analysis, restructuring, due diligence, strategic communication, financial 
communication and technology.  

Our forensic/litigation consulting practice provides an extensive range of services to assist clients in all phases of 
investigation and litigation, including pre-filing, discovery, jury selection, trial preparation, expert testimony and other trial 
support services. Specifically, we help clients assess complex financial transactions, reconstruct events from incomplete and/or 
corrupt data, uncover vital evidence, identify potential claims and assist in the pursuit of financial recoveries and settlements. 
Through the use of proprietary information technology, we have demonstrated our ability to help control litigation costs, 
expedite the trial process and provide our clients with the ability to readily organize and access case-related data. Our graphics 
services at trial and technology and electronic evidence experts assist clients in preparing for and presenting their cases in court. 
Our international risk and investigations group provides business intelligence and investigations, corporate investigations, 
litigation and dispute investigations and integrity advisory services.  

Our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice assists underperforming companies as they make decisions to 

improve their financial condition and operations. We analyze, recommend and implement strategic alternatives for our 
corporate finance/restructuring clients, such as interim management in turnaround situations, rightsizing infrastructure, 
assessing long-term viability, transaction advisory and business strategy consulting. We lead and manage the financial aspects of 
in-court restructuring processes by offering services that include an assessment of the impact of a bankruptcy filing on the 
client’s financial condition and operations. We also assist our clients in planning for a smooth transition into and out of 
bankruptcy, facilitating the sale of assets and arranging debtor-in-possession financing.  

Through our economic consulting practice, we deliver sophisticated economic analysis and modeling of issues arising in 
mergers and acquisitions, antitrust and anticompetition and other complex commercial and securities litigation. Our services 
include providing advice and testimony related to:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

antitrust and competition issues that arise in the context of potential mergers and acquisitions;  

other antitrust issues, including alleged price fixing, cartels and other forms of exclusionary behavior;  

the application of modern finance theory to issues arising in securities litigation; and  

public policy studies on behalf of companies, trade associations and governmental agencies.  

Our statistical and economic experts help companies evaluate issues such as the economic impact of deregulation on a 
particular industry or the amount of commercial damages suffered by a business. We have deep industry experience in such areas 
as commercial and investment banking, telecommunications, energy, transportation, healthcare and pharmaceuticals. Our 
professionals have experience providing testimony in the following areas: fraud, damages, lost profits, valuation, accountant’s 
liability and malpractice, contract disputes, patent infringement, price fixing, purchase price disputes, solvency and insolvency, 
fraudulent conveyance, preferences, disclosure statements, trademark and copyright infringement and the financial impact of 
government regulations.  

Our technology practice provides products, services and consulting to law firms, corporations and government agencies 

worldwide. Our principal business focuses on the collection, preservation, review and production of electronically stored 
information, or ESI. ESI can include e-mail, computer files, voicemail, instant messaging or transactional data stored on a 
computer. Our technology professionals combine industry leading software tools and domain experience to help our clients 
manage this information in a variety of litigation, investigation and arbitration related activities. Our repository services team 
provides a highly scalable, online litigation review environment using our Ringtail product suite. Our Ringtail products are also 
directly licensed to clients. Prior to 2006, we operated our technology practice as part of our forensic/litigation consulting 
segment.  

We manage FD which we acquired as of October 4, 2006, as our strategic and financial communications consulting 

practice. Through this segment we provide advice and consulting services related to financial communications, brand 

25 

 
communications, public affairs and issues management, and business consulting. FD has a leading position in its core service 
offerings and a successful track record. Distinct from other strategic and financial communications consultancies, FD has 
developed a unique, integrated offering that incorporates a broad scope of services, diverse sector coverage and global reach. 
This allows FD to advise clients from almost every major business center in the world on strategic and financial communications 
issues. The financial communications service offerings are involved with the event-driven capital markets and include strategic 
boardroom advice, financial calendar support, mergers and acquisitions transactions, investor relations, financial and business 
media relations, capital market intelligence, initial public offerings, debt markets, corporate restructuring, proxy solicitation, 
corporate governance, corporate social responsibility advice and regulatory communications. The brand communications 
offerings provide creative services to build consumer and business-to-business brands. These communication service offerings 
include strategic marketing advice, business-to-business marketing consultancy, media relations, brand consultancy and 
repositioning, qualitative and quantitative research, sponsorship consultancy, thought leadership consultancy, launch and event 
management, strategy and event management and consumer communications. The public affairs and issues management service 
offerings help to shape messages to policymakers and respond to crisis situations. The services of public affairs include political 
intelligence, policy formation, political and media campaigns, third party and coalition mobilization, state aid, monopoly and 
anti-trust regulatory affairs. The services of issues management include business continuity planning, crisis communications 
planning, crisis handling, media relations, reputation rehabilitation and simulation exercises. Business consulting provides 
services through dedicated teams providing strategic advice and solving business problems by utilizing world-class research and 
methodologies. The consulting services offered include corporate strategy, growth strategy, cost management, mergers and 
acquisitions, organization, performance improvement, private equity and revenue enhancement.  

Recent Events Affecting Our Operations. Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement No. 123(R) using the modified 

prospective transition method under which prior period amounts are not restated for comparative purposes. In 2006, we began 
to recognize expense in our income statement associated with all share-based awards based on the grant-date fair value of the 
awards. As a result of adopting Statement No. 123(R), our results of operations are different than they would have been if we had 
continued to account for share-based compensation under APB Opinion No. 25. If we had continued to account for share-based 
compensation under APB Opinion No. 25 then for the year ended December 31, 2006:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

our income before income taxes would have been $11.1 million higher;  

our net income would have been $8.1 million higher;  

our basic earnings per share would have been $0.20 higher than our reported basic earnings per share of $1.06; and  

our diluted earnings per share would have been $0.20 higher than our reported diluted earnings per share of $1.04.  

As of December 31, 2006, there was $27.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options, 

net of forfeitures. That cost is expected to be recognized ratably over a weighted-average period of 3.7 years as the options vest. 
See note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for more detailed information.  

During 2006, we have entered into employment arrangements with 33 senior managing directors in our corporate 
finance/restructuring consulting practice. Most of these professionals signed employment agreements that cover an initial term 
of five years and include automatic one-year renewal options. The agreements provide for fixed salary and participation in 
compensation payment plans (for such practice, including incentive awards based on financial measures such as earnings before 
interest, income taxes, depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of other intangible assets, or EBITDA.) The 
employment agreements also provide for initial and periodic equity incentives in the form of stock options or restricted share-
based awards. The initial grants of equity incentive awards generally vest over a six-year period. Periodic equity awards will, in 
most cases, vest over periods ranging from three to five years. In lieu of paying cash signing bonuses, we also extended 
unsecured general recourse forgivable loans to professionals, provided they were not executive officers. All or a portion of the 
loans may be forgiven in certain circumstances after the fifth year of service. We believe the loan arrangements enhance our 
ability to attract and retain senior professionals. The forgivable loans require repayment in full prior to the fifth year of service if 
the employee’s employment terminates, based on certain events specified in the agreement. If the employee’s employment 
terminates after the fifth year of service all or a portion of the principal amount of the loan and accrued interest could be 
forgiven. In connection with the employment arrangements we entered into with senior managing directors in our corporate 
finance/restructuring consulting practice during 2006:  

•  we issued stock options to purchase a total of 685,000 shares of common stock at exercise prices equal to the fair 

market value of our common stock in each case as of the date that was the later of the date of approval by our 
Compensation Committee or the effective date of the new employment agreement entered into by the employee;  

•  we issued 99,500 restricted share awards; and  

•  we funded $22.9 million of forgivable loans provided to senior managing directors in the corporate 

finance/restructuring consulting practice who entered into new employment arrangements during the period.  

During 2006, we issued additional unsecured forgivable loans and refundable signing bonuses to senior managing directors 

and other key professionals who are not participating in the IC Program totaling about $19 million.  

In January 2006, we completed our acquisition of Competition Policy Associates, Inc., or Compass, that we operate within 

our economic consulting practice. Compass provides services that involve sophisticated economic analysis in the context of 

26 

 
  
antitrust disputes, mergers and acquisitions, regulatory and policy debates, and general commercial litigation across a broad 
range of industries in the United States, Europe and the Pacific Rim. The total acquisition cost, net of post-closing adjustments, 
was about $72.7 million consisting of net cash and transaction costs of $47.3 million and 909,346 restricted shares of common 
stock valued at $25.4 million. We financed the cash portion of the purchase price from cash on hand. For each year ending 
between December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2013, the purchase agreement provides for:  

• 

• 

• 

additional consideration based on EBIT of the business unit (as defined in the purchase agreement);  

the set aside of a percentage of EBIT of the business unit for each year to be used as incentive compensation to 
employees of and consultants to the business; and  

conditional contractual protection against a decline in the value of the shares of our common stock issued as 
purchase price below the issuance price of $27.61.  

The selling stockholders, or sellers, of the Compass business have entered into employment or consulting agreements with 
us pursuant to which they have agreed to provide services for an eight year period and covenants not to compete with us or to 
solicit our employees for an additional two years. Certain sellers have been awarded stock options to purchase shares of our 
common stock. We also entered into restricted stock agreements with the sellers which provide for the escrow of all shares paid 
to them as acquisition purchase price. The shares of common stock placed in escrow will be available for purchase price 
adjustments and to secure indemnity obligations. In addition, the sellers have agreed not to sell, transfer, assign, pledge or 
otherwise dispose of the shares of common stock after the closing. Shares of common stock will be released from escrow and the 
contractual restrictions on transfer will lapse in increments over a five year period from the closing date of the acquisition, 
except that the restrictions will lapse immediately upon death or disability and certain other events related to employment or 
consulting status. In the event a seller is terminated by us for “cause” or resigns without “good reason” or “breach of contract” 
(as each term is defined in the employment or consulting agreement) any restrictions on the shares of our common stock then 
held in escrow would be extended for an additional five year period from the date of termination or resignation. Certain of the 
sellers also received loans from us aggregating $8.0 million. As of the closing date, such sellers executed and delivered promissory 
notes in our favor. The loans accrue interest payable quarterly. Outstanding principal is repayable on the tenth anniversary of 
the closing date, unless the seller’s repayment obligation has been accelerated due to events specified in the agreement.  

During the third quarter of 2006, we recorded special charges totaling $23.0 million. The charges reflect actions we took to 

address certain underperforming operations. In particular, we restructured our corporate finance U.K. operations and 
consolidated certain of our non-core practices in the United States, primarily through reductions in workforce. The charges 
consist of:  

• 

• 

$22.1 million of severance and other contractual employee related costs associated with the reduction in workforce, 
including $0.6 million related to the accelerated vesting of share-based awards; and  

a $0.9 million non-cash intangible impairment charge associated with the contract backlog we acquired in May 2005 
in connection with our acquisition of Cambio Health Solutions.  

These actions had the impact of reducing total headcount by 61, including 51 of our revenue-generating professionals. We 

reduced the number of revenue-generating professionals by 11 in our forensic/litigation consulting practice, by 21 in our 
corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice and by 19 in our economic consulting practice. We expect to make cash 
payments in connection with the reduction in workforce through 2008.  

In October 2006, we completed the issuance and sale in a private placement of our 7 3/4% senior notes due 2016, 

generating net cash proceeds of $208 million after deducting fees and expenses and the initial purchasers’ discounts. Cash 
interest is payable semiannually beginning April 1, 2007 at a rate of 7.75% per year. We used the proceeds of these notes to fund 
the acquisition of FD.  

In October 2006, we completed our acquisition of approximately 97% of the share capital of FD, a global strategic business 
and financial communications consulting firm headquartered in London. We formed our strategic and financial communications 
consulting practice with this acquisition. FD provides consulting services related to financial communications, brand 
communications, public affairs and issues management and strategy development. In February 2007, we acquired the remaining 
3% of FD’s share capital that was outstanding. The total acquisition cost (including the cost of acquiring the remaining 3% of the 
share capital of FD that was outstanding) was about $261.5 million, including transaction costs. The total acquisition cost 
consists of approximately $225.9 million in cash, 1.2 million shares of our common stock valued at $28.7 million, loan notes 
payable to the certain sellers of FD shares in the aggregate principal amount of $6.9 million and deferred purchase obligations. 
We funded the cash portion of the purchase price through the issuance of $215.0 million of senior notes and borrowings of $40.0 
million under our amended and restated senior secured credit facility. For the year ended December 31, 2006 and each year 
ending December 31, 2007 through December 31, 2010, former shareholders of FD who elected the earnout option will qualify 
for:  

• 

• 

additional consideration based on earnings before interest, taxes and amortization, or EBITA, of the business unit (as 
defined in the offer to purchase); and  

conditional contractual protection against a decline in the value of the shares of our common stock issued as 
purchase price below the issuance price of $22.26 per share.  

27 

 
  
As of December 31, 2006, we accrued $13.5 million of contingent consideration related to this earnout.  

The three principal executive officers of FD have entered into contracts of employment with FTI that contain covenants 

not to compete with FD for a 12 month period following termination of employment. The three principal FD executives also have 
been awarded stock options to purchase shares of our common stock and restricted shares of our common stock. We also 
entered into restricted stock agreements with the former FD shareholders who elected the earn out option who have agreed not 
to sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of the shares of common stock after the closing. The contractual restrictions 
on transfer will lapse as to all restricted shares issued as consideration for the purchase of their capital shares of FD on 
September 31, 2009, except that after September 30, 2007 senior management of FD, in its discretion, may waive the restrictions 
with respect to all or a portion of a holder’s restricted shares and the restrictions will lapse immediately upon death or a change 
in control of FTI. If a forfeiture event (as defined in the offer to purchase) occurs any restrictions on the shares of our common 
stock then held by such holder will be extended to September 30, 2013.  

In July 2004, we entered into a new lease agreement for office space in New York City. The lease expires in November 2021. 
In accordance with the lease terms, we received a cash inducement of $8.1 million in 2004 and an additional $3.3 million in 2005. 
We have classified the inducements as deferred rent within other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. We are amortizing 
the cash inducements over the life of the lease as a reduction to the cash rent expense. During the fourth quarter of 2004, we 
consolidated our New York City and Saddle Brook, New Jersey offices and relocated our employees into the new space. As a 
result of this decision, we vacated our leased office facilities prior to the lease termination dates. During the fourth quarter of 
2004, we recorded a loss of $4.7 million related to the abandoned facilities. In August 2005, we entered into a 30-month sublease 
related to some space in our new office facility in New York City resulting in an additional loss of $0.9 million.  

In February 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Ringtail business. Ringtail 

is a developer of litigation support and knowledge management technologies for law firms, Fortune 500 corporate legal 
departments, government agencies and courts. The assets we acquired include software products and technologies and 
intellectual property. Ringtail has developed a suite of integrated software modules to manage the information and workflow in 
complex legal cases. The purchase agreement provides for additional annual consideration based upon post-acquisition revenues 
for each of the years from 2005 through 2007. The earnout consideration may be up to $2.5 million per year and may be paid in 
cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of both. Through December 31, 2006, we have recorded a total of $5.0 
million of cash contingent consideration as additional goodwill.  

In May 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Cambio Health Solutions, based in 

Nashville, Tennessee. Cambio is a leading provider of change management solutions for hospital and health systems. It provides 
strategic, operational and turnaround management consulting services to improve the operational efficiency and financial 
performance of its clients. Cambio’s clients include academic medical centers, integrated delivery systems, stand-alone 
community hospitals, investor-owned hospitals and special medical facilities. Cambio operates as part of our corporate 
finance/restructuring consulting practice.  

In August 2005, we completed the issuance and sale of $200.0 million in principal amount of 7 5/8% senior notes due 2013 

and $150.0 million in principal amount of 3 3/4% convertible senior subordinated notes due July 15, 2012. We generated net 
proceeds of $338 million after deducting fees and expenses and the initial purchasers’ discounts. We used $142.5 million of the 
net proceeds to repay all outstanding term loan indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility and $125.4 million of the 
net proceeds to repurchase shares of our common stock through a combination of direct share repurchases, an accelerated stock 
buyback program and open market purchases.  

In December 2005, we received a $22.5 million success fee in connection with the resolution of a legal case involving a 
bankrupt estate for which we served as fiduciary for several years. The case had proceeded for over eight years and came to us as 
part of an acquisition in 2002. The case was resolved when the defendant did not file for an appeal in November 2005, which 
could have extended the case indefinitely. We used about $13 million of the proceeds to compensate professionals in the 
corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice who participated in the assignment and to provide incentive compensation 
for other employees. This amount was recorded as accrued compensation in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 
2005.  

Financial and Operating Overview. We derived substantially all of our revenues from providing professional services to 

our clients in the United States. Over the past several years the growth in our revenues and profitability has resulted primarily 
from the acquisitions we have completed and also from our ability to attract new and recurring engagements. As a result of our 
acquisition of FD, a larger percentage of our revenues will be generated from services we provide outside of the U.S.  

Most of our services are rendered under time-and-expense arrangements that require the client to pay us a fee for the 

hours that we incur at agreed-upon rates. Under this arrangement we also bill our clients for reimbursable expenses which may 
include the cost of producing our work products and other direct expenses that we incur on behalf of the client, such as travel 
costs and materials that we purchase to produce presentations for courtroom proceedings. We also render services where the 
client is required to pay us a fixed monthly fee. These arrangements are generally short-term in nature and are cancellable at any 
time. Some of our engagements contain performance-based arrangements in which we earn a success fee when and if certain 
predefined outcomes occur. This type of success fee may supplement a time-and-expense or fixed-fee arrangement. Success fee 

28 

 
  
revenues may cause significant variations in our revenues and operating results due to the timing of achieving the performance-
based criteria. In our technology practice, clients may also be billed based on the amount of data stored on our electronic 
systems or on the number of pages processed. The technology practice also derives revenues from licensing our Ringtail products 
directly to clients for installation within their own environments.  

During the year ended December 31, 2006, our revenues increased $168.4 million, or 31.2%, as compared to the year ended 

December 31, 2005. Revenues increased in each of our operating segments during 2006 as compared to 2005. This growth is 
primarily attributable to an increase in the number of billable professionals we employ and the acquisitions we completed during 
2005 and 2006. See “—Results of Operations” for a more detailed discussion and analysis of our financial results.  

During the year ended December 31, 2005, our revenues increased $112.5 million, or 26.4%, as compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2004. Revenues increased in each of our operating segments for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to 
2004. This growth is primarily attributable to an increase in the number of billable professionals we employ, improvements in the 
general economic conditions under which we operate and the acquisitions of Ringtail and Cambio completed during 2005. In 
addition, during December 2005 we received a $22.5 million success fee which contributed to the increase.  

Our financial results are primarily driven by:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the number of revenue-generating professionals we employ;  

the utilization rates of the billable professionals we employ;  

the rates per hour we charge our clients for service;  

the number and size of engagements we secure; and  

demand for our software products and other technology services.  

Number of Revenue-Generating Professionals. Revenue-generating professionals include both billable employees that 

generate revenues based on hourly billing rates and other revenue-generating employees who support our customers or develop 
software products.  

December 31, 2006  

December 31, 2005  

December 31, 2004  

Headcount  

% of Total  

Headcount  

% of Total  

Headcount  

% of Total  

Forensic/Litigation (1) ..............................  
Corporate Finance/Restructuring.............  
Economic.................................................  
Technology..............................................  
Strategic and Financial 

Communications.................................  

388  
322  
206  
256  

424  

24.3% 
20.2% 
12.9% 
16.0% 

26.6% 

330  
336  
184  
155  

—  

32.8% 
33.4% 
18.3% 
15.5% 

N/A  

Total Company ..............................  

1,596  

100.0% 

1,005  

100.0% 

357  
243  
145  
N/A  

—  

745  

47.9% 
32.6% 
19.5% 
N/A  

N/A  

100.0% 

N/A – Not Applicable or Not Available  
(1) 

If our forensic/litigation consulting and technology practices were managed as one segment, the total revenue-generating 
professionals would be 644 in 2006 representing 40.3% of total headcount and 485 in 2005 representing 48.3% of total 
headcount.  

The net change in the number of billable employees in the forensic/litigation consulting practice increased primarily due to 

the acquisitions we completed during the third quarter of 2006. The number of billable professionals in the economic consulting 
practice increased primarily due to the acquisition of Compass in January 2006 that added 26 revenue-generating professionals. 
The number of revenue-generating employees in our technology practice increased primarily due to increased demand for our 
services that began during the second half of 2005. The number of revenue-generating professionals was affected by actions we 
took to reduce our workforce beginning in September 2006. These actions had the impact of reducing the number of revenue-
generating professionals by 11 in our forensic/litigation consulting practice, by 21 in our corporate finance/restructuring 
consulting practice and by 19 in our economic consulting practice.  

The number of revenue-generating employees in the forensic/litigation/technology consulting practice increased from 

December 31, 2004 to December 31, 2005 due to increased demand for services as well as the acquisition of Ringtail on 
February 28, 2005. The number of billable professionals in the corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice increased 
during 2005. In addition, the acquisition of Cambio on May 31, 2005 added 56 revenue-generating professionals to the corporate 
finance/restructuring consulting practice. During 2005, the number of billable professionals in the economic consulting practice 
increased in response to increased demand for economic consulting services resulting from improving market conditions.  

Utilization Rates of Billable Professionals. We calculate the utilization rate for our professional staff by dividing the 

number of hours that all of our professionals worked on client assignments during a period by the total available working hours 
for all of our professionals, assuming a 40-hour work week and a 52-week year. Available working hours include vacation and 
professional training days, but exclude holidays. Utilization rates are presented for each of our practices that primarily bill 

29 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
clients on an hourly basis. We have not presented a utilization rate for our technology practice and strategic and financial 
communications consulting practice as most of the revenues in these practices are not generated on an hourly basis.  

Year Ended December 31,  

2006  

2005  

2004  

Forensic/Litigation...................................................................................  
Corporate Finance/Restructuring ............................................................  
Economic ................................................................................................  

78% 
77% 
80% 

76% 
82% 
82% 

74% 
82% 
78% 

Utilization of our professionals is affected by a number of factors, including:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the number, size and timing of client engagements;  

the hiring of new professionals, which generally results in a temporary drop in our utilization rate during the 
transition period for new hires;  

our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain an appropriate level of professionals;  

conditions affecting the industries in which we practice as well as general economic conditions;  

the timing of staff vacations; and  

conditions affecting the industries in which we practice as well as general economic conditions.  

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005  

During 2006, the utilization rate of professionals in the forensic/litigation consulting practice increased as compared to 

2005 due to a large client assignment completed during the first quarter of 2006. During the year ended December 31, 2006, our 
utilization rates decreased as compared to 2005 in our corporate finance/restructuring and economic consulting practices. The 
utilization of professionals in our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice decreased primarily due to a decrease in 
the number of bankruptcy cases in the United States which has caused a decline in demand for our restructuring and turnaround 
services. In addition, our corporate finance/restructuring business in the U.K. was underperforming and experienced low 
utilization rates. We took actions to reduce our workforce in the U.K. As a result, we expect utilization rates to improve in our 
corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice. The utilization of professionals in our economic consulting practice 
decreased primarily due to an acquisition we completed on July 31, 2005. These professionals who provide strategy and brand 
consulting services have a lower utilization rate than we have historically experienced. This decrease was partially offset by the 
acquisition of Compass. The Compass professionals have a higher utilization rate than we have historically experienced. In 
addition, demand for our economic consulting services was very high during 2005 and the first quarter of 2006 and began to 
decline to more normal levels beginning in the second quarter of 2006.  

Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004  

During the year ended December 31, 2005, our utilization rates increased as compared to 2004 in our forensic/litigation 

and economic consulting practices. The increased utilization rate in our economic consulting practice is primarily attributable to 
larger client assignments in 2005 as compared to 2004 and to more robust market conditions. The increased utilization rate in our 
forensic/litigation consulting practice for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to 2004 is primarily attributable to 
more robust market conditions in 2005 and also due to the dispute advisory services business of KPMG that we acquired in the 
fourth quarter of 2003. The overall utilization rate of these professionals was low during 2004 after completion of the acquisition. 
This had a negative impact on the overall utilization rate for this consulting practice during 2004.  

Average Billable Rate per Hour. We calculate average billable rate per hour by dividing (a) employee revenues for the 

period; excluding:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

revenues generated from utilizing outside consultants,  

revenues not associated with billable hours,  

revenues resulting from reimbursable expenses, and  

any large success fees not substantially attributable to billable hours generated by our professionals, such as the $22.5 
million success fee we received in December 2005;  

by (b) the number of hours worked on client assignments during the same period.  

Average billable rates are presented for each of our practices that primarily bill clients on an hourly basis. We have not 
presented average billable rates for our technology practice or strategic and financial communications consulting practice as 
most of these segment revenues are not generated on an hourly basis.  

30 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Forensic/Litigation (1) ...............................................................................  
Corporate Finance/Restructuring .............................................................  
Economic .................................................................................................  

$ 

311   $ 
400  
386  

284  
396  
368  

N/A  
407  
366  

Year Ended December 31,  

2006  

2005  

2004  

N/A – Not Available  
(1) 

Prior to 2006, we did not manage our technology practice as a separate reportable operating segment. The average 
billable rate per hour of our combined forensic/litigation/technology consulting practice was $275 during 2005 and $287 
during 2004.  

Average billable rates are affected by a number of factors, including:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the relative mix of our billable professionals (utilization and number of billable professionals at varying levels of 
billing rates);  

our standard billing rates, which we have increased across all practices;  

our clients’ perception of our ability to add value through the services we provide;  

the market demand for our services;  

introduction of new services by our competitors;  

the pricing policies of our competitors;  

the mix of services that we provide;  

the level of revenue realization adjustments made during the period, including adjustments for potential or court 
ordered fee and expense adjustments; and  

• 

general economic conditions.  

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005  

Average billable rate per hour increased in our forensic/litigation consulting practice primarily due to planned increases in 

billing rates during the third quarter of 2005 and the first and third quarters of 2006 and change in staff mix. Average billable 
rate per hour increased in our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice during 2006 as compared to 2005 primarily 
due to a planned increase in billable rates during the first quarter of 2006 and a change in staff mix. Average billable rate per 
hour increased in our economic consulting practice during 2006 as compared to 2005 primarily to due to planned billing rate 
increases implemented by Compass during the third quarter of 2006 and our Lexecon business in the first quarter of 2006.  

Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004  

Average billable rate per hour decreased in our combined forensic/litigation/technology consulting practice for the year 

ended December 31, 2005 as compared to 2004 from $287 to $275 primarily due to an increase in the proportion of billable 
professionals at lower levels, resulting in lower billing rates relative to the prior year. Our corporate finance/restructuring 
consulting practice implemented bill rate increases during the second quarter of 2004, during the third quarter of 2004 as a result 
of promotions and again during the first quarter of 2005. However, the average billable rate per hour decreased in this consulting 
practice primarily due to the following:  

• 

• 

• 

changes in staff mix consisting of:  

a 169.3% increase from 2004 to 2005 in the number of billable hours at the lowest billing rate levels as compared to a 
15.6% increase in the number of billable hours at the highest levels; and  

an increase in utilization of the professionals at the lowest billing rate levels from 2004 compared to 2005 while 
utilization of the highest billing professionals decreased during the same period; and  

• 

an increase in realization adjustments  

Average billable rate per hour increased in our economic consulting practice primarily due to an increase in demand for 

these services and fee increases implemented in the first and third quarters of 2005 offset by higher utilization of professionals at 
lower billing rate levels.  

Segment Profits. We evaluate the performance of our operating segments based on income before income taxes, net 

interest expense, depreciation, amortization, special charges and corporate selling, general and administrative expenses, which 
we refer to as segment profits. Segment profit consists of the revenues generated by that segment, less the direct costs of 
revenues and selling, general and administrative costs that are incurred directly by that segment as well as an allocation of some 
centrally managed costs, such as information technology services, marketing and facility costs. Unallocated corporate costs 
include costs related to other centrally managed administrative costs. These administrative costs include corporate office 

31 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
support costs, costs relating to accounting, human resources, legal, company-wide business development functions, as well as 
costs related to overall corporate management.  

We began to manage our technology practice as a separate reportable operating segment beginning in January 2006. This 

operating segment was previously managed within our forensic/litigation consulting practice. We have presented estimated 2005 
segment results to compare to our 2006 presentation throughout “—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Results.” 
However, if our technology practice had been managed as a separate segment during 2005, our actual results may have differed 
significantly as items such as direct bonuses and allocations of selling, general and administrative expenses may have been 
computed differently. We have not presented similar comparative information for 2004 as the technology practice was not 
material to our financial results. In addition, separate financial results were not maintained in a manner consistent with our 2005 
results.  

Year Ended December 31,  

2006  

2005  

2004  

Segment 
Profits 

% of 
Segment 
Revenues 

Segment 
Profits 

% of 
Segment 
Revenues 

Segment 
Profits 

% of 
Segment 
Revenues 

Forensic/Litigation ...........................................  $ 
Corporate Finance/ Restructuring ....................  
Economic .........................................................  
Technology ......................................................  
Strategic and Financial Communications .........  
Corporate.........................................................  

55,306  
51,514  
36,873  
46,965  
14,173  
(51,492) 

28.6%  $ 
24.2% 
25.6% 
40.1% 
34.8% 
N/A  

(dollars in thousands) 
45,324  
70,008  
24,249  
25,001  
—    
(34,625) 

28.8%  $ 
33.2% 
22.4% 
39.8% 
—    
N/A  

50,556  
51,461  
19,333  
N/A  
—    
(25,260) 

Total Company ......................................  $  153,339  

21.7%  $ 

129,957  

24.1%  $ 

96,090  

28.3% 
31.7% 
22.5% 
N/A  
—    
N/A  

22.5% 

N/A – Not available or Not applicable  

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005  

Segment profits increased by $23.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to 2005. The increase in 

segment profits for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to 2005 was driven by several factors, including the 
following:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

a $10.0 million increase attributable to our forensic/litigation consulting practice. The increase was primarily due to 
planned billing rate increases implemented in the first and third quarters of 2006 and improvements in segment profit 
related to a large client assignment that was substantially completed during the first quarter of 2006 that resulted in 
higher than normal utilization rates during that quarter. In addition, the acquisitions we completed during 2006 
contributed $1.1 million to the increase. Segment profits in our forensic/litigation consulting practice were negatively 
impacted by $0.5 million of stock option expense associated with our adoption of Statement No. 123(R) on January 1, 
2006.  

an $18.5 million decrease in segment profits attributable to our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice. 
Segment profits declined primarily due to a $22.5 million success fee received in the fourth quarter of 2005 which 
contributed about $13 million to segment profits after providing for incentive compensation. In addition, our 
operations in the U.K. which experienced a $5.3 million decline in segment profits where the growth in compensation 
expense significantly exceeded the growth in revenues. We also increased our investment in our current and recently 
hired professionals. As described above, we entered into new employment agreements with our current senior 
managing directors in this consulting practice during 2006 that also resulted in an increase in salary expense, an 
increase in share-based compensation expense and an increase in expense related to the forgivable loans granted in 
connection with employment contract renewals. Segment profits in our corporate finance/restructuring consulting 
practice were negatively impacted by $1.0 million of stock option expense associated with our adoption of Statement 
No. 123(R) on January 1, 2006. The increase in compensation related expenses relating to newly hired senior 
professionals coupled with a decrease in utilization rates has also resulted in a decrease of segment profits in this 
consulting practice. Segment profits for our investment banking business increased by $0.7 million during year 
primarily due to a success fee earned during the third quarter of 2006.  

a $12.6 million increase attributable to our economic consulting practice primarily due to segment profits of 
$11.2 million attributable our acquisition of Compass. Segment profits in our economic consulting practice were 
negatively impacted by $1.2 million of stock option expense associated with our adoption of Statement No. 123(R) on 
January 1, 2006.  

a $22.0 million increase attributable to our technology practice primarily driven by $6.5 million of increased segment 
profits for Ringtail and an increase in demand for our technology services and products. Growth in our technology 
practice is being driven by the offerings of end-to-end solutions to our customers and the addition of a technical sales 
team, resulting in increasing sales of our electronic evidence and other services. Segment profits in our technology 

32 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
practice were negatively impacted by $0.7 million of stock option expense associated with our adoption of Statement 
No. 123(R) on January 1, 2006.  

• 

• 

a $14.2 million increase attributable to our strategic and financial communications consulting practice exclusively due 
to the acquisition of FD; and  

a $16.9 million increase in corporate segment costs that consist primarily of the change in selling, general and 
administrative expense which is discussed in more detail below under “—Results of Operations—Selling, General and 
Administrative Expense.” Segment profits in our corporate segment were negatively impacted by $7.7 million of stock 
option expense associated with our adoption of Statement No. 123(R) on January 1, 2006.  

Following is a detail of the special charges by segment for the year ended December 31, 2006:  

Forensic/Litigation......................................................................................................................... 
Corporate Finance/Restructuring ................................................................................................. 
Economic ....................................................................................................................................... 
Technology .................................................................................................................................... 
Corporate ...................................................................................................................................... 

$ 

 9,890  
7,740  
4,148  
—    
1,194  

Total Company ................................................................................................................... 

$ 

22,972  

 Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004  

The increase in segment profits for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to 2004 was driven by several factors, 

including the following:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

a $19.8 million increase attributable to our combined forensic/litigation/technology consulting practice. Included in 
this increase is $8.3 million attributable to the acquisition of Ringtail in February 2005. The remaining increase was 
due primarily to an increase in the number of billable professionals, coupled with an increase in utilization rates. This 
resulted in revenues growing at a faster pace than operating costs and thereby generating increased profitability.  

a $20.1 million increase attributable to our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice. Improved segment 
profits in this consulting practice are primarily attributable to the $22.5 million success fee received in the fourth 
quarter of 2005, which contributed about $13 million to segment profits after providing for incentive compensation. 
The acquisition of Cambio contributed $3.6 million to the increase. Segment profits also increased due to an increase 
in the number of billable professionals and billable hours.  

a $4.9 million increase attributable to our economic consulting practice. This increase was due primarily to an 
increase in the number of billable professionals, and increased utilization of our professionals coupled with increasing 
average billable rates which results in increased profitability.  

offset by a $7.7 million increase in corporate overhead expenses, which is discussed in more detail below under “—
Results of Operations—Selling, General and Administrative Expense.”  

Critical Accounting Policies  

General. Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated 
financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. 
The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of 
assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our estimates, 
including those related to bad debts, goodwill, income taxes and contingencies on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on 
historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. These results 
form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other 
sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.  

We believe that the following critical accounting policies reflect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the 

preparation of our consolidated financial statements.  

Revenue Recognition. Our services are primarily rendered under arrangements that require the client to pay us on a time-
and-expense basis. We recognize revenues for our professional services rendered under time-and-expense engagements based on 
the hours incurred at agreed upon rates as work is performed. We recognize revenues from reimbursable expenses in the period 
in which the expense is incurred. The basis for our policy is the fact that we normally obtain engagement letters or other 
agreements from our clients prior to performing any services. In these letters and other agreements, the clients acknowledge that 
they will pay us based upon our time spent on the engagement and at our agreed-upon hourly rates. We are periodically engaged 
to provide services in connection with client matters where payment of our fees is deferred until the conclusion of the matter or 
upon the achievement of performance-based criteria. We recognize revenues for these arrangements when all the performance-
based criteria are met and collection of the fee is reasonably assured. Emerging Issues Task Force 00-21 “Accounting for Revenue 
Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” is considered for those arrangements with multiple deliverables.  

33 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
Revenues related to the amount of data stored or processed, or the number of pages or images processed are recognized as the 
services are provided based-on agreed-upon rates.  

We recognize revenue related to sales of software licenses and electronically stored data using the guidance from AICPA 

Statement of Position (SOP) 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” and other related literature. Revenues from support and 
maintenance are recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.  

Some clients, primarily in our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice, pay us retainers before we begin any 

work for them. We hold retainers on deposit until we have completed the work. We apply these retainers to final billings and 
refund any excess over the final amount billed to clients, as appropriate, when we complete our work. If the client is in 
bankruptcy, fees for our professional services may be subject to approval by the court. In some cases, a portion of the fees to be 
paid to us by a client is required by a court to be held until completion of our work. We make a determination whether to record 
all or a portion of such a holdback as revenue prior to collection on a case-by-case basis.  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Unbilled Services. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated 

losses resulting from the inability of our clients to pay our fees or for disputes that affect our ability to fully collect our billed 
accounts receivable, as well as potential fee reductions or refunds imposed by bankruptcy courts. Even if a bankruptcy court 
approves of our services, it has the discretion to require us to refund all or a portion of our fees due to the outcome of the case 
or a variety of other factors. We estimate the allowance for these risks by reviewing the status of all accounts and recording 
reserves based on our experiences in these cases and historical bad debt expense. However, our actual experience may vary 
significantly from our estimates. If the financial condition of our clients were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability or 
unwillingness to pay our fees, or the bankruptcy court requires us to refund certain fees, we may need to record additional 
allowances or write-offs in future periods. This risk is mitigated to the extent that we may receive retainers from some of our 
clients prior to performing significant services.  

The provision for doubtful accounts and unbilled services is recorded as a reduction to revenues to the extent the 
provision relates to fee adjustments, estimates of refunds that may be imposed by bankruptcy courts and other discretionary 
pricing adjustments. To the extent the provision relates to a client’s inability or unwillingness to make required payments, the 
provision is recorded as bad debt expense which we classify within selling, general and administrative expense.  

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. As of December 31, 2006, goodwill and other intangible assets represent 69.2% of 

our total assets. The majority of our goodwill and other intangible assets were generated from acquisitions we have completed 
since 2002. Other intangible assets include tradenames, customer relationships, contract backlog, non-competition agreements 
and software. We make at least annual impairment assessments of our goodwill and intangible assets. In making these 
impairment assessments, we must make subjective judgments regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to 
determine the fair value of the reporting units of our business that are associated with these assets. It is possible that these 
judgments may change over time as market conditions or our strategies change, and these changes may cause us to record 
impairment charges to adjust our goodwill and other intangible assets to their estimated implied fair value or net realizable 
value.  

Share-Based Compensation. Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement No. 123(R) and began to recognize expense 

in our statement of operations associated with all share-based awards based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. 
Compensation expense related to share-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis based on the value of share awards 
that are scheduled to vest during the requisite service period. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair 
value of share-based awards, such as stock options and discounts provided for stock purchases under our employee stock 
purchase plan. However, we use a lattice model to value options that vest upon the earlier of the achievement of a service 
condition or the achievement of a market condition. The determination of the fair value of share-based awards using an option 
pricing model is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. 
Depending upon the model used, those assumptions include estimating:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the expected term of the award, or the length of time option holders will retain their vested awards;  

the expected volatility of the market price of our common stock over the expected term;  

the risk free interest rate expected during the option term;  

the expected dividends to be paid;  

the expected post-vesting forfeiture rate; and  

the expected suboptimal exercise factor, or the ratio by which the stock price must increase before an employee is 
expected to exercise the option.  

We have reviewed each of these assumptions carefully and based on the analysis discussed in note 2 to our consolidated 
financial statements determined our best estimate for these variables. Of these assumptions, the expected term of the option, 
post-vesting forfeiture rate, suboptimal exercise factor and expected volatility of our common stock are the most difficult to 
estimate since they are based on the exercise behavior of option holders and the expected performance of our common stock. An 
increase in the volatility of our common stock will increase the amount of compensation expense on new awards. An increase in 
the expected term of the awards will also cause an increase in compensation expense. An increase in the post-vesting forfeiture 

34 

 
  
rate will cause a decrease in compensation expense as the employee is not likely to hold the option for the contractual term. An 
increase in the suboptimal exercise factor will cause an increase in the value of the award. Risk-free interest rates are less 
difficult to estimate, but an increase in the risk-free interest rate will increase compensation expense. We do not currently 
anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. The dividend yield on our common stock is 
assumed to be zero since we do not pay dividends and have no current plans to do so in the future.  

Under Statement No. 123(R), share-based compensation expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest and must 

be reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time an award is granted and revised, if necessary, in 
subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Pre-vesting forfeitures were estimated to be between 0% and 
3% based on historical experience. Changes in our estimated forfeiture rate could materially impact our estimate of the fair value 
of share-based compensation and consequently, the related amount of expense recognized in our consolidated income 
statements.  

If factors change and we employ different assumptions in the application of Statement No. 123(R) in future periods, the 

compensation expense that we record may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period. Therefore, we 
believe it is important for investors to be aware of the high degree of subjectivity involved when using option pricing models to 
estimate share-based compensation. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model and other models were developed for use in 
estimating the fair value of traded options, which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Because our stock 
options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input 
assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, we believe the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable 
measure of the fair value of our share-based awards. Consequently, there is a risk that our estimates of the fair values of our 
share-based awards on the grant dates may bear little resemblance to the actual values realized upon the exercise, expiration, 
early termination or forfeiture of those share-based payments in the future. Some share-based payments, such as stock options, 
may expire worthless or otherwise result in zero intrinsic value as compared to the fair values originally estimated on the grant 
date and reported in our financial statements. Alternatively, value may be realized from these instruments that is significantly in 
excess of the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our financial statements. There is currently no 
market-based mechanism or other practical application to verify the reliability and accuracy of the estimates derived from these 
valuation models, nor is there a means to compare and adjust the estimates to actual values. Although the fair value of employee 
share-based awards is determined in accordance with Statement No. 123(R) using an option-pricing model, that value may not be 
indicative of the fair value observed in a willing buyer/willing seller market transaction.  

Income Taxes. Our income tax provision consists principally of federal and state income taxes. We generate income in a 
significant number of states located throughout the United States. Our effective income tax rate may fluctuate due to a change 
in the mix of earnings between higher and lower state tax jurisdictions and the impact of non-deductible expenses. Additionally, 
we record deferred tax assets and liabilities using the asset and liability method of accounting which requires us to measure these 
assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We 
have not recorded any significant valuation allowances on our deferred tax assets as we believe the recorded amounts are more 
likely than not to be realized. If the assumptions used in preparing our income tax provision differ from those used in the 
preparation of our income tax return, we may experience a change in our effective income tax rate for the year.  

Significant New Accounting Pronouncements  

On July 13, 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation, or FIN No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An 
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” FIN No. 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in our 
financial statements. It also prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement 
recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, among other things. We will be 
required to adopt the provisions of FIN No. 48 on January 1, 2007, with any cumulative effect of the change in accounting 
principles recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings or as an adjustment to purchase accounting if it relates to an 
acquisition. We continue to evaluate the impact of adopting FIN No. 48 but do not expect this accounting pronouncement to 
have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” Statement No. 157 defines fair value, 

establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements regarding fair value measurements. 
Statement No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. We are required to adopt the provisions of Statement 
No. 157 effective January 1, 2008 although earlier adoption is permitted. We do not believe the adoption of this standard will 
have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 108, “Considering 

the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” which provides 
interpretive guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements 
for the purpose of a materiality assessment. SAB No. 108 requires registrants to quantify misstatements using both the balance 
sheet and income statement approaches and to evaluate whether either approach results in quantifying an error that is material 
based on relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. We adopted this guidance effective December 31, 2006. The adoption of 
this accounting pronouncement did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

35 

 
On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 159, “The Fair Value option for Financial Assets and Financial 
Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115.” This standard permits an entity to choose to measure many 
financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option is 
elected will be reported in earnings at each reporting date. The fair value option (i) may be applied instrument by instrument, 
with a few exceptions, such as investments otherwise accounted for the equity method; (ii) is generally irrevocable; and (iii) is 
applied only to entire instruments and not portions of instruments. We are required to adopt Statement No. 159 no later than 
January 1, 2008. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on our financial position, results of operations 
and cash flows.  

Results of Operations  

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005  

Revenues.  

2006  

2005  

Revenues  

% of 
Total  

Revenues  

% of 
Total  

Percent 
Change 

Forensic/Litigation..................................  $ 
Corporate Finance/Restructuring ...........   
Economic ...............................................   
Technology ............................................   
Strategic and Financial 

Communications ...............................   

193,287  
212,617  
144,091  
117,230  

(dollars in thousands) 

27.3%  $ 
30.0% 
20.4% 
16.6% 

157,263  
211,027  
108,398  
62,857  

29.1% 
39.1% 
20.1% 
11.7% 

40,708  

5.7% 

—    

—    

Total Company.............................  $ 

707,933  

100.0%  $ 

539,545  

100.0% 

22.9% 
0.8% 
32.9% 
86.5% 

N/A  

31.2% 

Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased $168.4 million or 31.2% as compared to the year ended 

December 31, 2005. The increase in revenues is attributable to the following.  

• 

Forensic/Litigation Consulting Practice. Revenues increased by $36.0 million due to the following:  

• 

• 

a $7.2 million increase attributable to acquisitions completed during 2006;  

a $28.8 million increase primarily due to a planned bill rate increases that went into effect during the third 
quarter of 2005 and the first and third quarters of 2006, an increase in the number of billable professionals and 
a large client assignment which was substantially completed during the first quarter of 2006 that temporarily 
drove up utilization rates.  

•  Corporate Finance/Restructuring Consulting Practice. Revenues increased by $1.6 million due to the following:  

• 

• 

• 

a $15.1 million increase primarily attributable to an increase in billable hours attributable to increases in the 
number of billable professionals and improved staff mix, partially offset by lower utilization and increased 
realization adjustment; and  

a $6.8 million increase attributable to the acquisition of Cambio that occurred on May 31, 2005; offset by  

a $20.3 million decrease in success fee revenues primarily due to a $22.5 million success fee received in the 
fourth quarter of 2005;  

• 

• 

• 

Economic Consulting Practice. Revenues increased by $35.7 million primarily due to the acquisition of Compass in 
January 2006 which contributed $24.8 million of revenues. Planned billing rate increases and improving market 
conditions throughout 2005 and into the first quarter of 2006 also contributed to the increase.  

Technology Practice. Revenues increased by $54.4 million during 2006 as compared to 2005. Growth in our 
technology practice is being driven by the offerings of end-to-end electronically stored information, or ESI, services to 
our customers and the addition of a technical sales team.  

Strategic and Financial Communications Consulting Practice. Revenues of $40.7 million are exclusively 
attributable to the acquisition of FD.  

36 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Direct Cost of Revenues.  

2006  

2005  

Cost of 
Revenues  

% of 
Segment 
Revenues 

Cost of 
Revenues  

% of 
Segment 
Revenues 

Percent 
Change 

Forensic/Litigation ..........................................  $ 
Corporate Finance/Restructuring....................   
Economic........................................................   
Technology.....................................................   
Strategic and Financial Communications ........   

104,091  
126,160  
88,483  
51,926  
18,372  

(dollars in thousands) 

53.9%  $ 
59.3% 
61.4% 
44.3% 
45.1% 

83,806  
109,617  
69,472  
28,697  
—    

Total Company .....................................  $ 

389,032  

55.0%  $ 

291,592  

53.3% 
51.9% 
64.1% 
45.7% 
—    

54.0% 

24.2% 
15.1% 
27.4% 
80.9% 
N/A  

33.4% 

N/A – Not Applicable  

Our direct cost of revenues consists primarily of employee compensation and related payroll benefits, including the 
amortization of signing bonuses, including bonuses given in the form of forgivable loans, share-based compensation, the cost of 
outside consultants that we retain to supplement our professional staff, reimbursable expenses, including travel and out-of-
pocket expenses incurred in connection with an engagement; depreciation on equipment used to support our client engagements 
and other related expenses billable to clients. Direct cost of revenues increased as a percentage of revenues in our 
forensic/litigation and corporate finance/restructuring consulting practices during 2006 as compared to 2005 primarily due to 
increased employee compensation expenses as we continue to invest in high quality people, particularly at the senior 
management level, to respond to the demand for our services. As discussed above, during the second quarter of 2006, we entered 
into new employment agreements with senior managing directors in our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice 
resulting in an increase in salary, bonus, share-based compensation and forgivable loan expenses. In addition, the expansion of 
our presence in the U.K., where utilization has been low, resulted in expenses increasing at a faster pace than revenues. As a 
result of our actions to reduce our workforce in the U.K., the U.K. corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice will not 
continue to have a negative impact on our financial results. Direct cost of revenues decreased as a percentage of revenues in our 
economic consulting practices primarily attributed to the acquisition of Compass. In our technology practice, direct cost of 
revenues decreased as a percentage of revenues primarily due to increased demand for technology services.  

Selling, General and Administrative Expense.  

2006  

2005  

Selling, 
General & 
Administrative  

% of 
Segment 
Revenues 

Selling, 
General & 
Administrative  

% of 
Segment 
Revenues 

Percent 
Change 

Forensic/Litigation ............................... $ 
Corporate Finance/Restructuring.........  
Economic.............................................  
Technology..........................................  
Strategic and Financial 

Communications.............................  
Corporate ............................................  

35,740  
35,536  
20,079  
22,471  

8,610  
56,136  

(dollars in thousands) 

18.5%  $ 
16.7% 
13.9% 
19.2% 

21.2% 
—    

30,223  
32,248  
15,858  
11,414  

—    
37,984  

19.2% 
15.3% 
14.6% 
18.2% 

—    
—    

Total Company .......................... $ 

178,572  

25.2%  $ 

127,727  

23.7% 

18.3% 
10.2% 
26.6% 
96.9% 

N/A  
47.8% 

39.8% 

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits paid to office and sales staff, 

including share-based compensation, rent, marketing, corporate overhead expenses, bad debt expense and depreciation and 
amortization of property and equipment. Segment selling, general and administrative costs include those expenses that are 
incurred directly by that segment as well as an allocation of some centrally managed costs, such as information technology 
services, marketing and facility costs. Unallocated corporate selling, general and administrative costs include expenses related to 
other centrally managed administrative and marketing functions. These costs include corporate office support costs, costs 
relating to accounting, human resources, legal, company-wide business development and advertising functions, as well as costs 
related to overall corporate management.  

Selling, general and administrative expenses related to our operating segments increased by $32.7 million during 2006 as 

compared to 2005. The increased expenses resulted from the following.  

• 

Forensic/Litigation Consulting Practice. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $5.5 million 
primarily due to a $2.2 million increase in payroll and travel related expenses primarily due and increase in 
headcount; a $1.7 million increase in outside services and legal expenses; and a $1.6 million increase in marketing, 

37 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
advertising and other expenses. The acquisitions completed during 2006 account for 24% of the increase in selling, 
general and administrative expenses.  

•  Corporate Finance/Restructuring Consulting Practice. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 
$3.3 million primarily due to a $1.4 million increase in payroll and travel related expenses; a $1.2 million increase in 
legal expenses; a $1.1 million increase in bad debt expense; and a $0.4 million decrease in rent and other. About 78% 
of the overall increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in this consulting practice is related to the 
acquisition of Cambio on May 31, 2005.  

• 

• 

Economic Consulting Practice. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $4.2 million primarily due 
to a $1.8 million increase in payroll and travel related expenses; and a $2.4 million increase in rent and other costs. 
The acquisition of Compass accounts for 69% of the increase in overall selling, general and administrative expenses.  

Technology Practice. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $11.1 million primarily due to a 
$4.5 million increase in payroll and travel related expenses; a $5.4 million increase in rent and facility related costs, 
including depreciation expense; and a $1.2 million increase in marketing and other expenses. Selling, general and 
administrative expenses have grown in this practice primarily to support its growth over the last year.  

• 

Strategic and Financial Communications Consulting Practice. Selling, general and administrative expenses of $8.6 
million in this practice are exclusively attributable to the acquisition of FD.  

Our corporate selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $18.1 million during 2006 as compared to 2005 

primarily attributable to the following.  

• 

• 

• 

a $7.7 million increase related to the implementation of Statement No. 123(R) which requires us to expense the fair 
value of stock options we grant and the fair value of the discount we offer employees who purchase shares under our 
employee stock purchase plan;  

a $5.5 million increase in salaries and benefits as a result of a 12.3% increase in the number of corporate employees 
necessary to support our growing organization and including a $1.0 million increase expense related to restricted 
stock grants during 2006;  

a $2.7 million increase in travel related expenses primarily related to the lease of a corporate aircraft which we 
entered into in December 2005;  

• 

a $2.2 million increase in office rent, facility related costs and other expenses;  

Special Charges. During the third quarter of 2006, we recorded special charges totaling $23.0 million. The charges reflect 

actions we took to address certain underperforming operations. In particular, we restructured our corporate finance U.K. 
operations and consolidated certain of our non-core practices in the United States, primarily through reductions in workforce. 
The charges consist of  

• 

• 

$22.1 million of severance and other contractual employee related cost associated with the reduction in workforce, 
including $0.6 million related to the accelerated vesting of share-based awards; and  

a $0.9 million non-cash intangible impairment charge associated with the contract backlog we acquired in May 2005 
in connection with our acquisition of Cambio Health solutions.  

Amortization of Other Intangible Assets. Amortization expense related to other intangible assets increased by 
$4.6 million, or 71.0%, during 2006 as compared to 2005. The increase is primarily due to the acquisitions we completed during 
2006. We expect amortization to increase in 2007 as a result of our acquisitions we completed during the second half 2006.  

Interest Expense and Other. Interest expense increased by $14.3 million, or 95.2%, during 2006 as compared to 2005. The 

increase is due to the issuance of our senior notes and convertible notes. We expect interest expense to increase in 2007 as a 
result of the $215.0 million of senior notes we issued in October 2006.  

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Term Loans. On August 2, 2005, we used $142.5 million of the net proceeds from our 

senior notes and convertible notes offerings in 2005 to repay all outstanding term loan borrowings under our senior secured 
credit facility prior to maturity. As a result of this early extinguishment of debt, we wrote off $1.7 million of unamortized debt 
financing fees.  

Income Tax Provision. Our effective tax rate increased from 42.0% during 2005 to 46.9% during 2006. About half of this 

rate increase is due to the implementation of Statement No. 123(R) which requires us to expense the fair value of incentive stock 
options we grant and the fair value of the discount we offer employees who purchase shares under our employee stock purchase 
plan. We are not entitled to a tax deduction for these expenses unless a disqualifying disposition occurs. Since we can not predict 
when or if we will be entitled to a tax deduction for these items, we are unable to record a tax benefit for these items. The 
effective tax rate increase is also due to an increase in other nondeductible expenses.  

38 

 
Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004  

Revenues.  

2005  

2004  

Revenues  

% of Total  

Revenues  

% of Total  

Forensic/Litigation/Technology ...................  $ 
Corporate Finance/Restructuring.................   
Economic.....................................................   

220,120  
211,027  
108,398  

(dollars in thousands) 

40.8%  $ 
39.1% 
20.1% 

178,650  
162,495  
85,860  

41.8% 
38.1% 
20.1% 

Total Company ..................................  $ 

539,545  

100.0%  $ 

427,005  

100.0% 

Percent 
Change  

23.2% 
29.9% 
26.2% 

26.4% 

Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased $112.5 million, or 26.4%, as compared to the year ended 

December 31, 2004. The increase in revenues is attributable to the following.  

Combined Forensic/Litigation/Technology Consulting Practice. Revenues increased by $41.5 million during 2005 as 

compared to 2004. The acquisition of the Ringtail business on February 28, 2005 contributed to the increased revenues by $11.5 
million for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to 2004. The remaining increase is attributable to an increase in the 
number of billable professionals and higher utilization rates.  

Corporate Finance/Restructuring Consulting Practice. Revenues increased by $48.5 million during the year ended 

December 31, 2005 as compared to 2004 due to the following:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

a $22.5 million success fee received during the fourth quarter of 2005;  

a $16.8 million increase attributable to the acquisition of Cambio that occurred on May 31, 2005;  

a $15.0 million increase attributable to increases in the number of billable professionals as well as increases in hourly 
billing rates; and  

a $0.7 million increase attributable to our merger and acquisitions business; offset by  

a $6.5 million decrease related to the unanticipated departure of a number of billable professionals during the year 
ended December 31, 2004.  

Economic Consulting Practice. Revenues increased by $22.5 million primarily due to increases in the number of billable 
professionals as well as increased utilization of our professionals relating to increased demand for economic consulting services 
resulting from more robust market conditions in 2005 as compared to 2004.  

Direct Cost of Revenues.  

2005  

2004  

Cost of 
Revenues  

% of 
Segment 
Revenues  

Cost of 
Revenues  

% of 
Segment 
Revenues  

Percent 
Change  

Forensic/Litigation/Technology ......................  $ 
Corporate Finance/Restructuring....................   
Economic........................................................   

112,503  
109,617  
69,472  

(dollars in thousands) 

51.1%  $ 
51.9% 
64.1% 

95,473  
84,877  
54,620  

Total Company .....................................  $ 

291,592  

54.0%  $ 

234,970  

53.4% 
52.2% 
63.6% 

55.0% 

17.8% 
29.1% 
27.2% 

24.1% 

Our direct cost of revenues consists primarily of employee compensation and related payroll benefits, including the 

amortization of signing bonuses given in the form of forgivable loans, the cost of outside consultants that we retain to 
supplement our professional staff, reimbursable expenses, including travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection 
with an engagement; depreciation on equipment used to support our client engagements and other related expenses billable to 
clients. Direct cost of revenues decreased as a percentage of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to 2004 
for the combined forensic/litigation/technology consulting practice. This is primarily due to higher utilization rates as well as the 
acquisition of Ringtail on February 28, 2005, which generates a high gross margin due to the nature of its software business as 
compared with the historical results of this operating segment. Direct cost of revenues decreased as a percentage of revenues in 
our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice primarily due to the net effect of the $22.5 million success fee received 
in 2005. Excluding the impact of the success fee, direct cost of revenues for the corporate finance/restructuring consulting 
practice increased as a percentage of revenues to 53% primarily due to an increase in compensation expense as we continue to 
invest in high quality people, particularly at the senior management level, to respond to increasing demand for our services. 
Direct cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues in our economic consulting practice remained relatively stable at about 64% 
for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to 2004.  

39 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Selling, General and Administrative Expense.  

2005  

2004  

Selling, 
General & 
Administrative  

% of 
Segment 
Revenues  

Selling, 
General & 
Administrative  

% of 
Segment 
Revenues  

Percent 
Change  

Forensic/Litigation/Technology ........... $ 
Corporate Finance/Restructuring.........  
Economic.............................................  
Corporate ............................................  

41,637  
32,248  
15,858  
37,984  

Total Company .......................... $ 

127,727  

(dollars in thousands) 

18.9%  $ 
15.3% 
14.6% 
—    

23.7%  $ 

36,175  
28,512  
12,839  
29,204  

106,730  

20.2% 
17.5% 
15.0% 
—    

25.0% 

15.1% 
13.1% 
23.5% 
30.1% 

19.7% 

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits paid to office and sales staff, rent, 

marketing, corporate overhead expenses, bad debt expense and depreciation and amortization of property and equipment. 
Segment selling, general and administrative costs include those expenses that are incurred directly by that segment as well as an 
allocation of some centrally managed costs, such as information technology services, marketing and facility costs. Unallocated 
corporate selling, general and administrative costs include expenses related to other centrally managed administrative and 
marketing functions. These costs include corporate office support costs, costs relating to accounting, human resources, legal, 
company-wide business development and advertising functions, as well as costs related to overall corporate management. 
Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues across all operating segments for the year 
ended December 31, 2005 as compared to 2004 except for corporate overhead costs which increased as a percentage of total 
revenues from 6.8% during 2004 to 7.0% during 2005.  

Selling, general and administrative expenses related to our operating segments increased by $12.2 million for the year 

ended December 31, 2005 as compared to 2004. The increased expenses resulted from the following.  

•  Combined Forensic/Litigation/Technology Consulting Practice. Selling, general and administrative expenses 

increased by $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to 2004. This increase is primarily due to 
a $3.5 million increase in rent and facility related costs; and a $2.0 million increase in payroll related and other 
expenses.  

•  Corporate Finance/Restructuring Consulting Practice. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 

$3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to 2004. This increase is primarily due to a $1.7 million 
increase in rent and facility related costs; a $0.9 million increase in recruiting expenses; a $0.5 million increase in 
outside service and legal expenses; and a $1.7 million increase in payroll related and other expenses; offset by a $1.1 
million decrease in bad debt expense.  

• 

Economic Consulting Practice. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $3.0 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2005 as compared to 2004. This increase is primarily due to a $1.0 million increase in rent and 
facility related costs; and a $2.0 million increase in payroll related and other expenses.  

Rent expense increased in our combined forensic/litigation/technology and corporate finance/restructuring consulting 
practices primarily due to the relocation of our New York City offices into a larger facility during the fourth quarter of 2004.  

Our corporate selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 

as compared to 2004. The increased expenses resulted from the following.  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

a $7.1 million increase in salaries, bonuses and related employee expenses as a result of a $3.3 million increase in 
executive bonus expense and a 20.7% increase in the number of corporate employees necessary to support our 
growing organization and comply with increased regulatory requirements;  

a $3.1 million increase related to office rent and facility related costs, including a $1.1 million increase in depreciation 
and amortization expense, to support a growing corporate services organization;  

a $2.4 million increase in outside services, primarily due to increases in fees for audit, tax, legal and other services;  

a $0.8 million increase in advertising and other costs necessary to support a larger organization; offset by  

a $3.8 million decrease in losses related to subleased facilities in our New York City facilities. See “Overview — Recent 
Events Affecting Our Operations.”  

Amortization of Other Intangible Assets. The amortization expense related to other intangible assets decreased by 

$0.3 million, or 4.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to 2004 resulting from a $4.4 million increase 
attributable to the acquisitions completed during 2005, offset by a decrease of $4.7 million as substantially all of the contract 
backlog, intellectual property and non-competition agreements associated with the acquisitions completed in 2002 and 2003 
became fully amortized during 2004 and 2005.  

40 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Interest Expense and Other. During 2004 and through the second quarter of 2005, interest expense primarily consisted of 
interest on our term loans and revolving line of credit. Since August 2, 2005, interest expense is primarily attributable to the debt 
offerings we completed on that date. Interest expense increased by $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 as 
compared to 2004, primarily due to the debt offerings we completed during 2005.  

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Term Loans. On August 2, 2005, we used $142.5 million of the net proceeds from our 

senior notes and convertible notes offerings to repay all outstanding term loan borrowings under our senior secured credit 
facility prior to maturity. As a result of this early extinguishment of debt, we wrote off $1.7 million of unamortized debt 
financing fees.  

Discount on Note Receivable. In December 2004, we agreed to discount a note receivable due from the purchasers of one 

of our former subsidiaries. We discounted this note by $475,000 in exchange for payment of the note ahead of its maturity in 
2010. We received this prepayment in January 2005.  

Litigation Settlement (Losses) Gains, net. Litigation settlement losses for the year ended December 31, 2005 consists 

primarily of $0.7 million we paid in May 2005 to settle potential litigation in connection with a company we sold in 2003 as well 
as $0.9 million for employment related and other smaller settlements.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

Cash Flows.  

Year Ended December 31,  

2006  

2005  

2004  

(dollars in thousands) 

Net cash provided by operating activities .........................................  
Net cash used in investing activities ..................................................  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ............................  

$ 

63,966   $ 

(297,385) 
169,764  

99,379   $ 
(64,858) 
93,158  

58,443  
(13,693) 
(24,811) 

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005  

We have historically financed our operations and capital expenditures solely through cash flows from operations. During 

the first quarter of our fiscal year, our working capital needs generally exceed our cash flows from operations due to the 
payments of annual incentive compensation amounts and estimated income taxes. Our cash flows generally improve subsequent 
to the first quarter of each year.  

During 2006, our cash flows from operating activities decreased $35.4 million as compared to 2005 as a result of our 
increasing investment in our professionals in the form of incentive compensation and forgivable loans and signing bonuses. Our 
operating assets and liabilities consist primarily of billed and unbilled accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued 
expenses and accrued compensation expense. The timing of billings and collections of receivables as well as payments for 
compensation arrangements affect the changes in these balances. During 2006, we had higher incentive compensation payments 
than in 2005 primarily due to our strong performance in 2005 as well as the payment of $13 million of bonuses in connection with 
the large success fee we received during the fourth quarter of 2005. In connection with the employment arrangements we 
entered into with senior managing directors and key professionals during 2006, we funded about $42 million of forgivable loans 
and refundable signing bonuses. We also used $8.0 million during 2006 to fund loans in connection with the Compass acquisition.  

During 2006, our accounts receivable, net of billings in excess of services provided, have increased causing an increase in 

our cash used in operations as compared to 2005. This is primarily due to increasing revenues. Our total company days sales 
outstanding improved from December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2006 primarily due to an improvement in cash collections in 
December 2006. At December 31, 2006, a trade receivable for our economics consulting practice classified within other long-term 
assets represents $12.4 million of fees for services rendered where payment will not be received until completion of the client 
engagement. This specific matter causes days sales outstanding to be high in this practice.  

Net cash used in investing activities during 2006 increased $232.5 million as compared to the same period in 2005 primarily 
due to an increase in cash used to fund acquisition activities and an increase in capital expenditures. During 2006, net cash used 
in investing activities includes:  

• 

• 

$46.9 million used to acquire Compass, which represents the total cash paid for the acquisition of $47.3 million net of 
$0.4 million of cash received; and  

$195.3 million to acquire FD which consists of total cash paid for the acquisition of $220.8 million net of $25.5 million 
of cash received.  

In addition, we used $21.3 million of net cash to complete three other acquisitions during 2006. During 2005, net cash used 

in investing activities included $26.3 million of net cash used to acquire Cambio and $19.6 million to fund the Ringtail 
acquisition, offset by $5.5 million received as payment in full from a note receivable due from the purchasers of one of our 
former subsidiaries. Capital expenditures increased $12 million in 2006 as compared to 2005 to support the continued growth of 

41 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
our technology practice and the renovation and expansion of our offices. We had no material outstanding purchase 
commitments as of December 31, 2006.  

Our financing activities have consisted principally of borrowings and repayments under long-term debt arrangements as 

well as issuances of common stock. Our long-term debt arrangements have principally been obtained to provide financing for our 
business acquisitions or to refinance existing indebtedness. During 2006, our financing activities primarily consisted of $215.0 
million of gross proceeds from our senior notes offering; the repayment of term loans on behalf of FD in the amount of $25.5 
million; and $23.4 million of cash used to repurchase shares of our common stock, including $6.8 million we paid to settle the 
accelerated share repurchase agreement. During 2005, our financing activities consisted of $350.0 million of gross proceeds from 
our senior notes and convertible notes offerings and additional term loan borrowings of $50.0 million offset by $155.0 million 
used to fully repay our term loans; $13.1 million used to pay debt financing costs; and $148.1 million to purchase shares of our 
common stock.  

In October 2003, our board of directors authorized a share repurchase program which is currently effective through 

December 31, 2007. The shares of common stock may be purchased through open market or privately negotiated transactions 
and will be funded with a combination of cash on hand, existing bank credit facilities or new credit facilities. During the year 
ended December 31, 2006, we purchased and retired 600,000 shares of our common stock at a total cost of $16.6 million. During 
the year ended December 2005, we purchased and retired 6.1 million shares of our common stock at a total cost of about $148.1 
million, of which we financed $125.3 million from the net proceeds of our convertible notes offering. Since inception of the 
program, we have purchased and retired a total of 7.6 million shares of our common stock for a total of $186.2 million leaving 
$50.0 million authorized for purchase through December 31, 2007.  

Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004  

We have historically financed our operations and capital expenditures solely through cash flows from operations. During 

the first quarter of our fiscal year, our working capital needs generally exceed our cash flows from operations due to the 
payments of annual incentive compensation amounts and estimated income taxes. As a result, we used borrowings under our 
revolving line of credit to finance some of our cash needs for operating activities and capital expenditures. We also used 
borrowings under our revolving line of credit during the first quarter to finance our acquisition of Ringtail and our share 
repurchase program, discussed in more detail below. Our cash flows from operations improved during 2004 and 2005 subsequent 
to the first quarter of each year.  

Our operating assets and liabilities consist primarily of billed and unbilled accounts receivable, accounts payable and 

accrued expenses and accrued compensation expense. The timing of billings and collections of receivables as well as payments 
for compensation arrangements affect the changes in these balances. During 2005, our accounts receivable, net of billings in 
excess of services provided have increased across all practice areas since December 31, 2004. This is primarily due to increasing 
revenues. Our days sales outstanding have improved since December 31, 2004 due to our increased focus on collection activities. 
At December 31, 2005, trade receivables classified within other long-term assets include $11.2 million of fees for services rendered 
where payment will not be received until completion of the client engagement.  

Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2005 increased $51.2 million as compared to the 

same period in 2004. This is primarily due to:  

• 

• 

• 

the $27.4 million of net cash used to acquire Cambio, which represents the total cash paid for the acquisition of $30.6 
million net of $3.2 million of cash received,  

the $19.6 million we used to fund the Ringtail acquisition, an increase in capital expenditures of $5.9 million to 
support our growing organization, offset by  

the $5.5 million we received as payment in full from a note receivable due from the purchasers of one of our former 
subsidiaries.  

Capital expenditures increased from $11.9 million during 2004 to $17.8 million during 2005. Capital expenditures increased 
by a total of $5.9 million, including a $2.0 million increase due to purchases of computer equipment acquired to directly support 
client engagements and a $3.9 million increase in spending to relocate and expand our computer data center to support our 
growing organization and technology business, to modify and expand our office facilities and to acquire additional furniture and 
information technology equipment. We had no material outstanding purchase commitments as of December 31, 2005.  

Our financing activities have consisted principally of borrowings and repayments under long-term debt arrangements as 

well as issuances of common stock. Our long-term debt arrangements have principally been obtained to provide financing for our 
business acquisitions or to refinance existing indebtedness. During the year ended December 31, 2004, our financing activities 
consisted principally of $16.3 million of principal payments on our term loans. During the year ended December 31, 2005, our 
financing activities consisted of $350.0 million of gross proceeds from our senior notes and convertible notes offerings and 
additional term loan borrowings of $50.0 million offset by $155.0 million used to fully repay our term loans and $13.1 million 
used to pay debt financing costs.  

42 

 
Capital Resources  

Our amended and restated senior secured credit facility provides for a $150.0 million revolving line of credit. The maturity 

date of the revolving line of credit is September 30, 2011. We may choose to repay outstanding borrowings under the senior 
secured credit facility at any time before maturity without penalty. Debt under the senior secured credit facility bears interest at 
an annual rate equal to the Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin or an alternative base rate defined as the higher of (1) the 
lender’s announced prime rate or (2) the federal funds rate plus the sum of 50 basis points and an applicable margin. Under the 
senior secured credit facility, the lenders have a security interest in substantially all of our assets.  

Our senior secured credit facility and the indentures governing our senior notes contain covenants which limit our ability 
to incur additional indebtedness; create liens; pay dividends on, make distributions or repurchases of our capital stock or make 
specified other restricted payments; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets; guarantee obligations of other 
entities; enter into hedging agreements; enter into transactions with affiliates or related persons or engage in any business other 
than the consulting business. The senior secured credit facility requires compliance with financial ratios, including total 
indebtedness to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA; EBITDA to specified charges and the 
maintenance of a minimum net worth, each as defined under the senior secured credit facility. At December 31, 2006, we were in 
compliance with all covenants as stipulated in the senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing our senior notes.  

As of December 31, 2006, our capital resources included $91.9 million of cash and cash equivalents and a $150.0 million of 

borrowing capacity under our revolving line of credit. As of December 31, 2006, we had no borrowings outstanding under our 
revolving line of credit. The availability of borrowings under our revolving line of credit is subject to specified borrowing 
conditions. We use letters of credit primarily as security deposits for our office facilities. Letters of credit reduce the availability 
under our revolving line of credit. As of December 31, 2006, we had $9.3 million of outstanding letters of credit, which reduced 
the available borrowings under our revolving line of credit to $140.7 million.  

Future Capital Needs  

We anticipate that our future capital needs will principally consist of funds required for:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

operating and general corporate expenses relating to the operation of our business;  

capital expenditures, primarily for information technology equipment, office furniture and leasehold improvements;  

debt service requirements;  

funds required to compensate designated senior managing directors under our new incentive compensation program;  

discretionary funding of our share repurchase program;  

potential earnout obligations related to our acquisitions; and  

potential acquisitions of businesses that would allow us to diversify or expand our service offerings.  

We currently anticipate capital expenditures will be about $20.0 million to $24.0 million to support our organization 

during 2007, including direct support for specific client engagements. Our estimate takes into consideration the needs of our 
existing business as well as the needs of our recently completed acquisitions, including FD, but does not include the impact of 
any further purchases that we may be required to make as a result of any future acquisitions or specific client engagements that 
are not currently contemplated. Our capital expenditure requirements may change if our staffing levels or technology needs 
change significantly from what we currently anticipate, if we are required to purchase additional equipment specifically to 
support a client engagement or if we pursue and complete additional business combinations.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements other than operating leases and we have not entered into any transactions 

involving unconsolidated subsidiaries or special purpose entities.  

Future Contractual Obligations  

The following table sets forth our estimates as to the amounts and timing of contractual payments for our most significant 

contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2006. The information in the table reflects future unconditional 
payments and is based on the terms of the relevant agreements, appropriate classification of items under generally accepted 
accounting principles currently in effect and certain assumptions such as interest rates. Future events could cause actual 
payments to differ from these amounts.  

Future contractual obligations related to our long-term debt assume that payments will be made based on the current 
payment schedule and exclude any additional revolving line of credit borrowings or repayments subsequent to December 31, 
2006 and prior to the September 30, 2011 maturity date.  

The interest obligation on our long-term debt assumes that our senior notes and our convertible notes will bear interest at 

their stated rates. Our convertible notes are convertible prior to their stated maturity upon the occurrence of certain events 

43 

 
  
beyond our control. Upon conversion, the principal is payable in cash. We enter into derivative contracts, mainly to protect 
against adverse interest rate movements on the value of our long-term debt, under which we are required to either pay cash to 
or receive cash from counterparties depending on changes in interest rates. These derivative contracts consist of interest rate 
swap agreements with notional amounts totaling $60.0 million. Derivative contracts are carried at fair value on our consolidated 
balance sheet. Because the derivative contracts recorded on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006 do not 
represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under these contracts, they are excluded from the following table. However, 
our total interest expense will be impacted by net cash flows under these derivative contracts. Further discussion of our 
derivative instruments is included in note 8 to our consolidated financial statements.  

Future contractual obligations related to our operating leases are net of contractual sublease receipts. The payment 

amounts for capital lease obligations include amounts due for interest.  

Contractual Obligations 

Total  

2007  

2008  

2009  

2010  

2011  

Thereafter  

(in thousands) 

Long-term debt......................... 
Interest on long-term debt........ 
Operating leases ....................... 

$ 

572,249   $ 
296,066  
252,849  

44   $ 

6,919   $ 

45   $ 

46   $ 

37,544  
23,541  

38,243  
24,384  

37,542  
23,144  

37,542  
22,477  

47   $  565,148  
107,653  
138,049  

37,542  
21,254  

Total obligations ....................... 

$ 

1,121,164   $  61,129   $  69,546   $  60,731   $  60,065   $  58,843   $  810,850  

Future Outlook  

We believe that our anticipated operating cash flows and our total liquidity, consisting of our cash on hand and 
$140.7 million of availability under our revolving line of credit are sufficient to fund our capital and liquidity needs for at least 
the next twelve months. In making this assessment, we have considered:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our $91.9 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2006;  

funds required for debt service payments, including interest payments on our long-term debt;  

funds required for capital expenditures during 2007 of about $20.0 million to $24.0 million;  

funds required to satisfy earnout and other obligations in relation to our acquisitions, including our acquisition of the 
remaining 3% of FD;  

funds required to compensate designated senior managing directors and other key professionals by issuing unsecured 
forgivable employee loans, which we currently project to be $25 million to $30 million in 2007;  

the discretionary funding of our share repurchase program; and  

other known future contractual obligations.  

For the last several years our cash flows from operations have exceeded our cash needs for capital expenditures and debt 

service requirements. We believe that our cash flows from operations, supplemented by short-term borrowings under our 
revolving line of credit, as necessary, will provide adequate cash to fund our long-term cash needs from normal operations.  

Our conclusion that we will be able to fund our cash requirements by using existing capital resources and cash generated 

from operations does not take into account the impact of any acquisition transactions anticipated or any unexpected changes in 
significant numbers of employees. The anticipated cash needs of our business could change significantly if we pursue and 
complete additional business acquisitions, if our business plans change, if economic conditions change from those currently 
prevailing or from those now anticipated, or if other unexpected circumstances arise that may have a material effect on the cash 
flow or profitability of our business. Any of these events or circumstances, including any new business opportunities, could 
involve significant additional funding needs in excess of the identified currently available sources and could require us to raise 
additional debt or equity funding to meet those needs. Our ability to raise additional capital, if necessary, is subject to a variety 
of factors that we cannot predict with certainty, including:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our future profitability;  

the quality of our accounts receivable;  

our relative levels of debt and equity;  

the volatility and overall condition of the capital markets; and  

the market prices of our securities.  

Any new debt funding, if available, may be on terms less favorable to us than our amended and restated senior secured 

credit facility or the indentures that govern our senior notes and convertible notes.  

Effect of Inflation. Inflation is not generally a material factor affecting our business. General operating expenses such as 

salaries, employee benefits and lease costs are, however, subject to normal inflationary pressures.  

44 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

We primarily use senior notes, convertible notes and bank credit facilities to finance our obligations. We are exposed to 
market risk from changes in interest rates and equity prices. Our primary interest rate risk results from changes in the London 
Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, U.S. Prime and Eurodollar rates, which are used to determine the interest rates applicable to 
our borrowings. Interest rate changes expose our fixed rate long-term borrowings to changes in fair value and expose our 
variable rate long-term borrowings to changes in future cash flows. From time to time, we use derivative instruments primarily 
consisting of interest rate swap agreements to manage this interest rate exposure by achieving a desired proportion of fixed rate 
versus variable rate borrowings. All of our derivative transactions are entered into for non-trading purposes.  

 Interest Rate Risk  

The table below summarizes our market risks from changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2006 and 2005. Since our 

financial instruments expose us to interest rate risks, these instruments are presented within each market risk category. The table 
presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by year of maturity for our senior notes and our 
convertible notes. The table excludes the potential exercise of the relevant redemption or conversion features of our notes. For 
interest rate swap agreements, the table presents notional amounts and related interest rates by year of maturity. The fair values 
included in this section have been determined based on quoted market prices for our senior notes and convertible notes and 
estimates from bankers to settle interest swap agreements. We estimated the fair value of our variable loans based on the 
carrying value, as interest rates are reset every 90 days.  

Year of Maturity  

December 31, 2006  

December 31, 2005  

2007  

2008  

2009  

2010  

2011  

Thereafter  

Total  

Fair 
Value 

Total  

Fair 
Value 

(dollars in thousands) 

Interest Rate 
Sensitivity: 
Long-term debt 
Fixed rate ........................... 

$  44   $ 

Average 

interest 
2%  
rate...................... 

Variable 

45   $  45   $  46   $  47   $  565,148   $  565,375   $  604,180   $  350,000   $  372,975  

2%  

2%  

2%  

2%  

6%  

6%  

6%  

rate...................... 

$  —   $  6,874   $  —   $  —   $  —   $ 

—   $ 

6,874   $ 

6,874   $ 

—   $ 

—  

Average 

interest 
rate...................... 

5%  

5%  

Interest rate 
swaps 

Fixed to 

variable ............... 

$  —   $ 

Average 
pay 
rate...................... 

Average 

receive 
rate...................... 

Equity Price Sensitivity  

—   $  —   $  —   $  —   $ 

60,000   $ 

60,000   $ 

(1,891)  $ 

60,000   $ 

(1,569) 

8%  

8%  

8%  

8%  

7%  

8%  

We currently have outstanding $150.0 million in principal amount of 3  3/4% convertible senior subordinated notes due 

July 15, 2012. We are subject to equity price risk related to the convertible feature of this debt. The convertible notes are 
convertible only under certain conditions at the option of the holder. Upon conversion, the principal portion of the convertible 
notes will be paid in cash and any excess over the conversion rate will be paid in shares of our common stock or cash at an initial 
conversion rate of 31.998 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes, representing an initial 
conversion price of $31.25 per share, subject to adjustment upon specified events. Upon normal conversions, for every $1.00 the 
market price of our common stock exceeds $31.25 per share, we will be required to pay either an additional $4.8 million in cash 
or to issue shares of our common stock with a then market price equivalent to $4.8 million, at our option, to settle the 
conversion feature. If a specified fundamental change event occurs, the conversion price of our convertible notes may increase, 
depending on our common stock price at that time. However, the number of shares of our common stock issuable upon 
conversion of a note may not exceed 41.5973 per $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes. As of December 31, 2006, the 
conversion price has not required adjustment and we would not be required to issue any shares of our common stock upon 
conversion.  

We granted certain sellers of Cambio contractual protection against a decline in the value of the common stock we issued 

them as consideration for the acquisition. Upon the lapse of restrictions on the common stock, if the market price of our 
common stock is below $22.33, we have agreed to make an additional cash payment to the sellers equal to the deficiency. The 
price protection periods vary from one to four years after May 31, 2005. If the market value of our common stock is lower than 

45 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
$22.33 on any date that restrictions lapse, then for every $1.00 that our stock price is below $22.33, we may be required to make 
total price protection payments of about $0.6 million. Based on the price of our common stock on December 31, 2006, we would 
not be obligated to make any price protection related payments.  

We granted certain sellers of Compass contractual protection against a decline in the value of the common stock we issued 

them as consideration for the acquisition. Upon the lapse of restrictions on the common stock between the years ending 
December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2013, if the market price of our common stock is below $27.61, we have agreed to make an 
additional cash payment to the sellers equal to the deficiency. If the market value of our common stock is lower than $27.61 on 
any date that restrictions lapse, then for every $1.00 that our stock price is below $27.61, we may be required to make price 
protection payments of about $0.9 million. Based on the price of our common stock of $27.48 per share on January 5, 2007, the 
first anniversary of the acquisition, we are obligated to make price protection related payments of about $0.1 million.  

We granted certain sellers of FD contractual protection against a decline in the value of the common stock we issued them 
as consideration for the acquisition. Upon the lapse of restrictions on the common stock between the years ending December 31, 
2007 and December 31, 2011, if the market price of our common stock is below $22.26, we have agreed to make an additional 
cash payment to the sellers equal to the deficiency. If the market value of our common stock is lower than $22.26 on any date 
that restrictions lapse, then for every $1.00 that our stock price is below $22.26, we may be required to make price protection 
payments of about $1.1 million. Based on the price of our common stock on December 31, 2006, we would not be obligated to 
make any price protection related payments.  

The high and low sale prices per share for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange during 2006 

were $29.77 and $19.82.  

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk  

We are exposed to risk from changes in foreign exchange rates related to our subsidiaries that use a foreign currency as 

their functional currency. We currently manage our foreign exchange exposure without the use of derivative instruments. We do 
not believe this risk is material in relation to our consolidated financial statements.  

46 

 
  
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

FTI Consulting, Inc. and Subsidiaries  
Consolidated Financial Statements  
INDEX  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting................................................................ 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Internal Control over Financial Reporting ........... 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Consolidated Financial Statements .................... 

Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2006 and 2005.......................................................................... 

Consolidated Statements of Income — Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 .................................... 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity — Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 ................. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 ............................... 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .................................................................................................. 

Page  

48  

49  

50  

52  

53  

54  

55  

56  

47 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for 

performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. Internal 
control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. Our system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; 
(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in 
accordance with the authorization of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on 
the financial statements. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2006 based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that 
our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006.  

The scope of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting includes all of our 
operations except for FD International (Holdings) Limited (“FD”) acquired in October 2006. Our consolidated financial statement 
amounts include $325.5 million of total assets for FD as of December 31, 2006, of which $264.6 million is goodwill and other 
intangibles; and $40.7 million of revenues for FD for the year ended December 31, 2006.  

KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our financial statements, has issued an 
attestation report on management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting, which is included elsewhere in this 
Annual Report.  

Date: March 12, 2007  

/S/ JACK B. DUNN, IV 
Jack B. Dunn, IV 
Pre sident an d Ch ief E xecutive  Of fice r 
(princ ipal e xecuti ve of fice r) 

/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS 
Theodo re I.  Pincus 
Executive  Vice  Pre sident an d 
 Chief  Financial  Off icer 
(princ ipal  financial  off icer) 

48 

 
  
 
 
 
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM –  
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

The Board of Directors and Stockholders  
FTI Consulting, Inc.:  

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control Over 

Financial Reporting, that FTI Consulting, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by 
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for 
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness 
of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective 
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding 
of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and 
operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 

Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting 

as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also, in our opinion, the 
Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based 
on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (COSO).  

The Company acquired FD International (Holdings) Limited (“FD”) during 2006, and management excluded from its 

assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, FD’s internal 
control over financial reporting associated with total assets of $325.5 million and total revenues of $40.7 million included in the 
consolidated financial statements of the Company and subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006. Our audit of 
internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial 
reporting of FD.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 

States), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of 
income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the year then ended, and our report dated March 12, 2007 expressed an 
unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.  

/s/ KPMG LLP  

Baltimore, Maryland  
March 12, 2007  

49 

 
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM –  
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

The Board of Directors and Stockholders  
FTI Consulting, Inc.  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of FTI Consulting, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as 
of December 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the year then 
ended. In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited financial statement schedule 
II for the year ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the 
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial 
statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 

States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 

position of FTI Consulting, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows 
for the year then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related 
financial statement schedule when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, 
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.  

As discussed in Note 2, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-

Based Payment, on January 1, 2006.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 

States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 12, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of, and 
the effective operation of, internal control over financial reporting.  

/s/ KPMG LLP  

Baltimore, Maryland  
March 12, 2007  

50 

 
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM –  
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Board of Directors and Stockholders  
FTI Consulting, Inc.  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of FTI Consulting, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 

2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the 
period ended December 31, 2005. Our audits also included the information in the financial statement schedule listed in the Index 
at Item 15(a) for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements and schedule are the 
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and 
schedule based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 

States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial 

position of FTI Consulting, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2005, and the consolidated results of their operations and their 
cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted 
accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the information in the related financial statement schedule for each of the two years 
in the period ended December 31, 2005, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents 
fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.  

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP  

Baltimore, Maryland  
March 3, 2006, except for note 13 as to which the date is September 15, 2006  

and Note 14 as to which the date is March 12, 2007  

51 

 
 
  
FTI CONSULTING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  
(in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Current assets 

Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................................................................  
Accounts receivable 

Billed receivables ..................................................................................................  
Unbilled receivables ..............................................................................................  
Allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services.........................................  

Notes receivable .............................................................................................................  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .....................................................................  
Deferred income taxes ....................................................................................................  

Total current assets ...............................................................................................  
Property and equipment, net .................................................................................................  
Goodwill ...................................................................................................................................  
Other intangible assets, net....................................................................................................  
Notes receivable, net of current portion ...............................................................................  
Other assets .............................................................................................................................  

December 31,  

2006  

2005  

$ 

91,923   $  153,383  

135,220  
56,228  
(20,351) 

171,097  
7,277  
16,259  
8,393  

294,949  
51,326  
885,711  
77,711  
35,303  
46,156  

87,947  
56,871  
(17,330) 

127,488  
2,713  
8,147  
6,404  

298,135  
29,302  
576,612  
21,454  
6,516  
27,445  

Total assets ..........................................................................................................  

$ 

1,391,156   $  959,464  

Current liabilities 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other .............................................................  
Accrued compensation ...................................................................................................  
Current portion of long-term debt ..................................................................................  
Billings in excess of services provided.............................................................................  

$ 

Total current liabilities ...........................................................................................  
Long-term debt, net of current portion .................................................................................  
Deferred income taxes ............................................................................................................  
Other liabilities ........................................................................................................................  
Commitments and contingent liabilities (notes 3, 7, 8, 9 and 11) 
Stockholders’ equity 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 5,000 shares authorized; none outstanding ................  
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 75,000 shares authorized; 41,890 shares issued and 

outstanding — 2006; and 39,009 shares issued and outstanding — 2005.................  
Additional paid-in capital ................................................................................................  
Unearned compensation .................................................................................................  
Retained earnings ...........................................................................................................  
Accumulated other comprehensive income ....................................................................  

77,914   $ 
76,765  
6,917  
16,863  

178,459  
563,441  
57,782  
26,374  

21,762  
72,688  
—  
10,477  

104,927  
348,431  
33,568  
18,269  

—  

—  

419  
294,350  
—  
268,937  
1,394  

390  
238,055  
(11,089) 
226,913  
—  

Total stockholders’ equity ...............................................................................................  

565,100  

454,269  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ............................................................  

$ 

1,391,156   $  959,464  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

52 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
FTI CONSULTING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  
(in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Year Ended December 31,  

2006  

2005  

2004  

Revenues .................................................................................................................. 

$  707,933   $  539,545   $  427,005  

Operating expenses 

Direct cost of revenues ................................................................................... 
Selling, general and administrative expense ................................................... 
Special charges ............................................................................................... 
Amortization of other intangible assets........................................................... 

Operating income.................................................................................................... 

Other income (expense) 

Interest income ............................................................................................... 
Interest expense and other ............................................................................. 
Loss on early extinguishment of term loans .................................................... 
Discount on note receivable ........................................................................... 
Litigation settlement (losses) gains, net........................................................... 

Income before income tax provision ...................................................................... 
Income tax provision ............................................................................................... 

Net Income .............................................................................................................. 

Earnings per common share — basic...................................................................... 

Earnings per common share — diluted .................................................................. 

389,032  
178,572  
22,972  
11,175  

601,751  

106,182  

2,575  
(29,405) 
—  
—  
(187) 

(27,017) 

79,165  
37,141  

291,592  
127,727  
—  
6,534  

425,853  

113,692  

1,875  
(15,064) 
(1,687) 
—  
(1,629) 

(16,505) 

97,187  
40,819  

234,970  
106,730  
—  
6,836  

348,536  

78,469  

788  
(6,399) 
—  
(475) 
1,672  

(4,414) 

74,055  
31,177  

$ 

$ 

$ 

42,024   $ 

56,368   $ 

42,878  

1.06   $ 

1.38   $ 

1.04   $ 

1.35   $ 

1.02  

1.01  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

53 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
FTI CONSULTING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
(in thousands)  

Common Stock  

Shares  

Amount  

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital  

Unearned 
Compensation  

Retained 
Earnings  

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
(Loss) Income  

Total  

Balance, December 31, 2003............................   42,253   $ 
Issuance of common stock in connection 

with: 

423   $  332,823   $ 

(5,733)  $  127,667   $ 

(24)  $  455,156  

Exercise of options, including income 

tax benefit of $2,055 ..........................  
Employee stock purchase plan ................  
Restricted share grants, net of 

forfeitures ..........................................  
Purchase and retirement of common stock .........  
Contingent payments to former owners of 

subsidiary, net of income taxes of $126.........   
Amortization of unearned compensation ............   
Comprehensive income: 

462    
202    

227    
(657)   

5    
2    

2    
(7)   

4,920     
2,837     
4,140    
(10,803)    
(182)    

(4,142)    

1,324     

Other comprehensive income—

change in fair value of interest 
rate swaps, net of income taxes of 
$17 ....................................................   
Net income .............................................   
Total comprehensive income ..............................   
Balance, December 31, 2004............................   42,487    
Issuance of common stock in connection 

with: 

42,878     

425    

333,735    

(8,551)    170,545    

4,925  
2,839  

—  
(10,810) 
(182) 
1,324  

24    

—    

24  
42,878  
42,902  
496,154  

Exercise of options, including income 

706    
tax benefit of $3,564 ..........................  
307    
Employee stock purchase plan ................  
Restricted share grants ............................  
173    
Business combinations.............................   1,441    
(6,105)   

Purchase and retirement of common stock .........  
Amortization of unearned compensation ............   
Net income.........................................................   
Balance, December 31, 2005............................   39,009    
Issuance of common stock in connection 

with: 

Exercise of options, including income 

598    
tax benefit of $2,538 ..........................  
402    
Employee stock purchase plan ................  
Restricted share grants ............................  
264    
Business combinations.............................   2,217    
(600)   

Purchase and retirement of common stock .........  
Reclassification due to adoption of new 

accounting standard and (note 2) ..................   
Share-based compensation ................................   
Comprehensive income: 

Cumulative translation adjustment, 

net of income taxes of $801 ...............   
Net income .............................................   
Total comprehensive income ..............................   
Balance, December 31, 2006............................   41,890   $ 

7    
3    
2    
14    
(61)   

13,108     
5,040     
4,492    
29,669     
(147,989)    

390    

238,055    

6    
4    
3    
22    
(6)   

11,965     
8,433     
(3)    
56,253     
(23,370)    
(11,089)   
14,106     

(4,494)    

1,956     

56,368     
(11,089)    226,913    

—    

13,115  
5,043  
—  
29,683  
(148,050) 
1,956  
56,368  
454,269  

11,971  
8,437  
—  
56,275  
(23,376) 
—  
14,106  

11,089     

42,024     

1,394    

1,394  
42,024  
43,418  
1,394   $  565,100  

419   $  294,350   $ 

—   $  268,937   $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

54 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
FTI CONSULTING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

(in thousands)  

Year Ended December 31,  
2005  

2006  

2004  

Operating activities 

Net income..................................................................................................................  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 
Depreciation and other amortization ..............................................................  
Amortization of other intangible assets ..........................................................  
Provision for doubtful accounts.......................................................................  
Non-cash share-based compensation ............................................................  
Income tax benefit from stock option exercises and other............................  
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation ....................................  
Non-cash loss on subleased facilities..............................................................  
Loss on early extinguishment of term loans ...................................................  
Impairment of other intangible assets ............................................................  
Non-cash interest expense..............................................................................  
Other ................................................................................................................  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions: 
Accounts receivable, billed and unbilled ............................................  
Notes receivable...................................................................................  
Prepaid expenses and other assets .....................................................  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other.................................  
Accrued special charges.......................................................................  
Income taxes .........................................................................................  
Accrued compensation.........................................................................  
Billings in excess of services provided.................................................  

Net cash provided by operating activities................................  

Investing activities 

Payments for acquisition of businesses, including contingent payments and acquisition 
costs, net of cash received....................................................................................  
Purchases of property and equipment.......................................................................  
Proceeds from note receivable due from purchasers of former subsidiary..............  
Change in other assets ...............................................................................................  

Net cash used in investing activities .........................................  

Financing activities 

Issuance of debt securities .........................................................................................  
Borrowings under long-term credit facilities .............................................................  
Payments of long-term debt ......................................................................................  
Borrowings under revolving line of credit..................................................................  
Payments of revolving line of credit...........................................................................  
Issuance of common stock under equity compensation plans .................................  
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation ...............................................  
Purchase and retirement of common stock ...............................................................  
Payments of debt financing fees and others .............................................................  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities..................  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash .................................  

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents ................................................  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ...........................................................  

$ 

42,024   $ 

56,368   $ 

42,878  

13,197  
11,175  
8,573  
14,680  
—  
(2,118) 
441  
—  
933  
2,830  
785  

(22,654) 
(33,351) 
(697) 
16,323  
14,288  
8,493  
(14,286) 
3,330  

63,966  

(267,332) 
(30,359) 
—  
306  

(297,385) 

215,000  
400  
(25,476) 
40,000  
(40,000) 
10,217  
2,118  
(23,376) 
(9,119) 

169,764  

2,195  

(61,460) 
153,383  

11,360  
6,534  
5,482  
1,956  
3,564  
—  
920  
1,687  
—  
1,812  
808  

(34,664) 
1,824  
(2,238) 
7,911  
—  
8,509  
30,467  
(2,921) 

9,113  
6,836  
7,062  
1,324  
2,181  
—  
4,670  
—  
—  
1,449  
500  

(27,860) 
—  
(10,328) 
13,824  
—  
7,638  
6,568  
(7,412) 

99,379  

58,443  

(52,182) 
(17,827) 
5,525  
(374) 

(1,253) 
(11,939) 
—  
(501) 

(64,858) 

(13,693) 

350,000  
50,000  
(155,000) 
33,500  
(33,500) 
9,551  
—  
(148,050) 
(13,343) 

—  
—  
(16,250) 
47,500  
(47,500) 
2,870  
—  
(10,810) 
(621) 

93,158  

(24,811) 

—  

127,679  
25,704  

—  

19,939  
5,765  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year .....................................................................  

$ 

91,923   $ 

153,383   $ 

25,704  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

55 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
FTI CON SUL TIN G, INC.  AND S UB SIDIA RI ES 
NOT ES  TO CON SOLID AT ED FI NA NCIA L ST A TEMENT S  
(dollar and share amounts in tables expressed in thousands, except per share data)  

1. Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies  

Description of business. We are a leading global firm that organizations rely on when confronting the critical legal, 
financial and reputational issues that shape their futures. We provide advice and solutions to major corporations, financial 
institutions and law firms in the areas of forensic analysis, investigation, economic analysis, restructuring, due diligence, 
strategic communication, financial communication and technology.  

We have a total workforce of over 2,000 employees who are strategically located in 29 cities in the United States, as well as 

the U.K., Ireland, France, Russia, Australia, China, Hong Kong, Japan, Singapore, United Arab Emirates and South Africa. Our 
clients include companies, as well as creditors or other stakeholders, such as financial institutions, private equity firms and the 
law firms that represent them.  

Principles of consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of FTI Consulting, Inc. and its 

wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.  

Foreign Currency. Results of operations for our non-U.S. subsidiaries and affiliates are translated from the designated 
functional currency to the U.S. dollar using average exchange rates during the period, while assets and liabilities are translated at 
the exchange rate in effect at the reporting date. Resulting gains or losses from translating foreign currency financial statements 
are reported as other comprehensive income (loss).  

Use of estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated 
financial statements and accompanying notes. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making those assumptions, actual 
results could differ from those estimates.  

We use estimates to determine the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts necessary to reduce accounts 
receivable and unbilled receivables to their expected net realizable value and to account for any potential refunds that may be 
imposed by bankruptcy courts. We estimate the amount of the required allowance by reviewing the status of significant client 
matters and past-due receivables as well as by analyzing historical bad debt trends and realization adjustments to our revenues. 
Actual collection experience has not varied significantly from estimates, due primarily to credit policies, the controls and 
procedures designed to estimate realization adjustments to our revenues and a lack of historical concentrations of accounts 
receivable. Accounts receivable balances are not collateralized.  

We also make estimates in determining self-insurance reserves for certain employee benefit plans, accruals for incentive 

compensation and other ordinary accruals. These estimates are based upon historical trends, current experience and knowledge 
of relevant factors.  

Cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid short-term investments with maturities of three months or less 

at the time of purchase.  

Supplemental cash flow information.  

Cash paid for interest ............................................................................... 

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds ............................................... 

Other non-cash investing and financing activities 

Issuance of common stock to acquire businesses ..................................  

Issuance of notes payable to acquire business.......................................  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year Ended December 31,  

2006  

2005  

2004  

22,447   $ 

9,986   $ 

4,962  

28,648   $ 

28,746   $ 

21,358  

56,275   $ 

29,683   $ 

6,875   $ 

—   $ 

—  

—  

Property and equipment. We record property and equipment, including improvements that extend useful lives, at cost, 
while maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. We calculate depreciation using the straight-line method 
based on estimated useful lives ranging from three to seven years for furniture, equipment and internal use software. We 
amortize leasehold improvements and assets under capital leases over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the 
lease term.  

We capitalize costs incurred during the application development stage of computer software developed or obtained for 

internal use. Capitalized software developed for internal use is classified within furniture, equipment and software and is 
amortized over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally three years.  

56 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Goodwill. Goodwill consists of the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible 
net assets acquired in purchase business combinations. We do not amortize goodwill. We review goodwill for impairment as of 
October 1 of each year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be 
recoverable. Impairment is the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its fair value. Measurement 
of impairment is determined by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill, which is the amount determined by deducting the 
estimated fair value of all tangible and identifiable intangible net assets of the reporting unit from the estimated fair value of the 
reporting unit. If the recorded value of goodwill exceeds its implied value, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. For 
purposes of impairment testing, our reporting units are our operating segments which represent the lowest level for which 
discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by management. Components are combined when determining 
reporting units if they have similar economic characteristics. No impairment of goodwill was identified as a result of our 
impairment tests.  

Other intangible assets. We amortize our intangible assets that have finite lives over the estimated periods benefited 

using the straight-line method. See note 5, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”  

Valuation of long-lived assets excluding goodwill. We review intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment as of 

October 1 of each year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be 
recoverable. We review other long-lived assets, excluding goodwill, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be fully recoverable. These events or changes in 
circumstances may include a significant deterioration of operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated 
future cash flows. If an impairment indicator is present, we evaluate recoverability by a comparison of the carrying amount of 
the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows we expect the assets to generate. We group assets at the lowest level for which 
there is identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows generated by other asset groups. If the total of the 
expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss, if any, is recognized 
for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of assets. Fair value is generally determined by estimates of 
discounted cash flows. The discount rate used in any estimate of discounted cash flows would be the rate required for a similar 
investment of like risk.  

Debt financing fees. We amortize the costs we incur to obtain debt financing over the terms of the underlying obligations 

using the effective interest method. The amortization of debt financing costs is included in interest expense. Unamortized debt 
financing costs are classified within other assets in our consolidated balance sheets.  

Capitalized software to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed. We capitalize costs for software products that will be 
sold, leased or otherwise marketed when technological feasibility has been established. We classify software products to be sold, 
leased or otherwise marketed as noncurrent other assets.  

Interest rate swaps. We sometimes use derivative instruments consisting primarily of interest rate swap agreements to 

manage our exposure to changes in the fair values or future cash flows of some of our long-term debt. We may enter into interest 
rate swap transactions with financial institutions acting as the counter-party. We do not use derivative instruments for trading 
or other speculative purposes.  

We formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items and the risk management objective 

and strategy for each hedge transaction. For interest rate swaps, the notional amounts, rates and maturities of our interest rate 
swaps are closely matched to the related terms of hedged debt obligations. We match the critical terms of the interest rate swap 
to the critical terms of the underlying hedged item to determine whether the derivatives we use for hedging transactions are 
highly effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the underlying hedged item. If it is determined that 
a derivative ceases to be a highly effect hedge, or if the anticipated transaction is no longer likely to occur, we discontinue 
hedge accounting and recognize all subsequent derivative gains and losses in our income statement.  

Derivative instruments designated in hedging relationships that mitigate exposure to changes in the fair value of our fixed-
rate debt are considered fair value hedges. Derivative instruments designated in hedging relationships that mitigate exposure to 
the variability in future cash flows of our variable-rate debt are considered cash flow hedges.  

We record all derivative instruments in other assets or other liabilities on our balance sheet at their fair values. If the 

derivative is designated as a fair value hedge and the hedging relationship qualifies for hedge accounting, changes in the fair 
values of both the derivative and hedged portion of our debt are recognized in interest expense in our income statement. If the 
derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge and the hedging relationship qualifies for hedge accounting, the effective portion 
of the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in other comprehensive income and reclassified to interest expense 
when the hedged debt affects interest expense. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative qualifying for 
hedge accounting and changes in fair value of derivative instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting are recognized in 
interest expense in the period of the change. For hedge transactions that qualify for hedge accounting using the short-cut 
method, there is no net effect on our results of operations.  

Billings in excess of services provided. Billings in excess of services provided represents amounts billed to clients, such as 
retainers, in advance of work being performed. Clients may make advance payments, which are held on deposit until completion 
of work. These amounts are either applied to final billings or refunded to clients upon completion of work. Retainers in excess of 

57 

 
related accounts receivable and unbilled receivables are recorded as billings in excess of services provided in our consolidated 
balance sheets.  

Revenue recognition. We derive most of our revenues from professional service activities. The vast majority of these 

activities are provided under time-and-expense billing arrangements, and revenues, consisting of billed fees and reimbursable 
expenses, are recorded as work is performed and expenses are incurred. We recognize revenues from reimbursable expenses in 
the period in which the expense is incurred. We normally obtain engagement letters or other agreements from our clients prior 
to performing any services. In these letters and other agreements, the clients acknowledge that they will pay us based upon our 
time spent on the engagement and at our agreed-upon hourly rates. We are periodically engaged to provide services in 
connection with client matters where payment of our fees is deferred until the conclusion of the matter or upon the 
achievement of performance-based criteria. We recognize revenues for these arrangements when all the performance-based 
criteria are met and collection of the fee is reasonably assured. See note 15 for information regarding a $22.5 million success fee 
we received during the fourth quarter of 2005. Revenues for engagement letters with multiple elements are recognized in 
accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements will Multiple Deliverables.” 
Revenues related to the amount of data stored or processed, or the number of pages processed are recognized as the services are 
provided based-on agreed-upon rates.  

We recognize revenue related to sales of software licenses and electronically stored data using the guidance from AICPA 

Statement of Position (SOP) 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” and other related literature. Revenues from support and 
maintenance are recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.  

We record allowances for estimated realization adjustments to our professional services fees that are subject to review by 
bankruptcy courts. We record provisions for fee adjustments and discretionary pricing adjustments as a reduction of revenues. 
Revenues recognized, but not yet billed to clients, have been recorded as unbilled receivables in the accompanying consolidated 
balance sheets.  

Direct cost of revenues. Direct cost of revenues consists primarily of billable employee compensation and related payroll 

benefits, the cost of consultants assigned to revenue-generating activities and direct expenses billable to clients. Direct cost of 
revenues does not include an allocation of overhead costs.  

Advertising costs. Costs related to advertising and other promotional expenditures are expensed as incurred. Advertising 

costs totaled $6.4 million during 2006, $3.5 million during 2005 and $0.7 million during 2004.  

Share-based compensation expense. In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued 

Statement No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” which is a revision of Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Share-Based 
Compensation,” and supersedes Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to 
Employees.” Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement No. 123(R) using the modified prospective method under which 
prior period amounts are not restated for comparative purposes. Under the modified prospective method, we are required to 
recognize compensation cost:  

• 

• 

for all share-based payments granted after January 1, 2006 based on the requirements of Statement No. 123(R) and  

for all unvested awards granted prior to January 1, 2006 using the compensation cost calculated for pro forma 
disclosure purposes under Statement No. 123.  

Under Statement No. 123(R), we are required to recognize all share-based payments to employees and non-employee 

directors in our financial statements based on their grant date fair values, using prescribed option-pricing models. We use the 
Black-Scholes option pricing model to value share-based payments. However, we use a lattice model to value options that vest 
upon the earlier of the achievement of a service condition or the achievement of a market condition. Compensation expense 
related to share-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis based on the value of share awards that are scheduled to vest 
during the requisite service period. Under Statement No. 123(R), share-based compensation expense is based on awards ultimately 
expected to vest and must be reduced for estimated forfeitures.  

As a result of adopting Statement No. 123(R), our results of operations are different than they would have been if we had 
continued to account for share-based compensation under APB Opinion No. 25. If we had continued to account for share-based 
compensation under APB Opinion No. 25 then for the year ended December 31, 2006:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

our income before income taxes would have been $11.1 million higher;  

our net income would have been $8.1 million higher;  

our basic earnings per share would have been $0.20 higher than our reported basic earnings per share of $1.06; and  

our diluted earnings per share would have been $0.20 higher than our reported diluted earnings per share of $1.04.  

Upon adoption of Statement No. 123(R), we reclassified our unamortized unearned compensation related to the issuance of 
unvested restricted stock awards to additional paid-in capital in our balance sheet.  

58 

 
  
Prior to the adoption of Statement No. 123(R), we presented all tax benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of 

stock options as operating cash flows in our statement of cash flows. Statement No. 123(R) requires the cash flows resulting from 
the tax benefits of tax deductions in excess of compensation cost recognized for those options, referred to as excess tax benefits, 
to be classified as financing cash flows. Excess tax benefits also include the entire tax deduction related to non-qualified stock 
options that were fully vested as of January 1, 2006. The $2.1 million excess tax benefit classified as a financing cash inflow would 
have been classified as an operating cash inflow if we had not adopted Statement No. 123(R).  

In November 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position, or FSP, No. FAS 123(R)-3, “Transition Election Related to Accounting 

for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards.” We adopted the alternative transition method provided in FSP No. 123(R)-3 
for calculating the tax effects of share-based compensation. The alternative transition method includes a simplified method to 
establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool related to the tax effects of employee share-based 
compensation.  

Special charges. During the third quarter of 2006, we recorded special charges totaling $23.0 million. The charges reflect 

actions we took to address certain underperforming operations. In particular, we restructured our corporate finance U.K. 
operations and consolidated certain of our non-core practices in the United States, primarily through reductions in workforce. 
The charges consist of  

• 

• 

$22.1 million of severance and other contractual employee related cost associated with the reduction in workforce, 
including $0.6 million related to the accelerated vesting of share-based awards; and  

a $0.9 million non-cash intangible impairment charge associated with the contract backlog we acquired in May 2005 
in connection with our acquisition of Cambio Health solutions.  

Income taxes. We use the income and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, 
and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.  

Earnings per common share. Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted 
average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share adjusts basic earnings per 
share for the effects of potentially dilutive common shares. Potentially dilutive common shares primarily include the dilutive 
effects of shares issuable under our equity compensation plans, including restricted shares using the treasury stock method; 
shares issuable upon settlement of the forward contract embedded in our accelerated share repurchase agreement using the 
reverse treasury stock method; and shares issuable upon conversion of our senior notes using the if-converted method. Since the 
average price per share of our common stock was below the conversion price of our convertible notes, the convertible notes did 
not have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share for any of the periods presented. Until the market price of our common stock 
exceeds $31.25 per share, the conversion feature of the convertible notes will not have an impact on the number of shares 
utilized to calculate diluted earnings per share. When the market price of our common stock exceeds $31.25 per share, the 
number of shares that would be issued if the convertible notes were converted will be included as outstanding shares in the 
calculation of the diluted earnings per share. See note 7 for further discussion.  

Year Ended December 31,  

2006  

2005  

2004  

Numerator — basic and diluted 

Net income ...............................................................................................  

$ 

42,024   $ 

56,368   $ 

42,878  

Denominator 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding —basic.....  
Effect of dilutive stock options.................................................................  
Effect of dilutive restricted shares............................................................  
Effect of accelerated stock repurchase agreement ................................  

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — diluted.  

39,741  
592  
193  
—  

40,526  

40,947  
648  
103  
89  

41,787  

Earnings per common share — basic......................................................... 

Earnings per common share — diluted ..................................................... 

$ 

$ 

1.06   $ 

1.38   $ 

1.04   $ 

1.35   $ 

Antidilutive stock options and restricted shares........................................ 

2,053  

1,945  

42,099  
408  
5  
—  

42,512  

1.02  

1.01  

3,046  

Concentrations of risk. We derive substantially all of our revenues from providing professional services to our clients in 

the United States. We believe that the geographic and industry diversity of our customer base throughout the U.S. minimizes the 
risk of incurring material losses due to concentrations of credit risk. We are periodically engaged to provide services in 
connection with client matters where payment of our fees is deferred until the conclusion of the matter. At December 31, 2006, 
we have an unsecured trade receivable totaling $12.4 million related to fees for services rendered in connection with a client 
matter where payment will not be received until the completion of the engagement. This amount is classified as non-current 
within other assets.  

59 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
Our client service professionals have highly specialized skills. Maintenance and growth of revenues is dependent upon our 

ability to retain our existing professionals and attract new highly qualified professionals.  

Significant new accounting pronouncements. On July 13, 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation, or FIN No. 48, 

“Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” FIN No. 48 clarifies the accounting 
for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in our financial statements. It also prescribes a recognition threshold and 
measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken 
in a tax return, among other things. We will be required to adopt the provisions of FIN No. 48 on January 1, 2007, with any 
cumulative effect of the change in accounting principles recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings or as an 
adjustment to purchase accounting if it relates to an acquisition. We continue to evaluate the impact of adopting FIN No. 48 but 
do not expect this accounting pronouncement to have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash 
flows.  

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” Statement No. 157 defines fair value, 

establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements regarding fair value measurements. 
Statement No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. We are required to adopt the provisions of Statement 
No. 157 effective January 1, 2008 although earlier adoption is permitted. We do not believe the adoption of this standard will 
have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 108, “Considering 

the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” which provides 
interpretive guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements 
for the purpose of a materiality assessment. SAB No. 108 requires registrants to quantify misstatements using both the balance 
sheet and income statement approaches and to evaluate whether either approach results in quantifying an error that is material 
based on relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. We adopted this guidance effective December 31, 2006. The adoption of 
this accounting pronouncement did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 159, “The Fair Value option for Financial Assets and Financial 
Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115.” This standard permits an entity to choose to measure many 
financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option is 
elected will be reported in earnings at each reporting date. The fair value option (i) may be applied instrument by instrument, 
with a few exceptions, such as investments otherwise accounted for the equity method; (ii) is generally irrevocable; and (iii) is 
applied only to entire instruments and not portions of instruments. We are required to adopt Statement No. 159 no later than 
January 1, 2008. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on our financial position, results of operations 
and cash flows.  

Reclassifications. Some prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.  

2. Share-Based Compensation  

Share-based incentive compensation plans. Our 1997 Stock Option Plan provides for the issuance of up to 11,587,500 

shares of common stock to employees and non-employee directors. Under the terms of the 1997 plan, we may grant option rights 
or shares of restricted and unrestricted common stock to employees. As of December 31, 2006, 97,419 shares of common stock 
are available for grant under our 1997 Stock Option Plan.  

Our 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan provides for grants of option rights, appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted 
shares, performance awards or other share-based awards to our officers, employees, non-employee directors and individual 
service providers. We are authorized to issue up to 3,000,000 shares of common stock under the 2004 plan, of which no more 
than 600,000 shares of common stock may be issued in the form of restricted or unrestricted shares, performance awards or 
other share-based awards. As of December 31, 2006, 271,223 shares of common stock are available for grant under our 2004 Long-
Term Incentive Plan.  

In June 2006, our stockholders approved the FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan. The 2006 plan 

provides for grants of option rights, appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted shares, performance awards or other share-
based or cash-based awards to our officers, employees, non-employee directors and individual service providers. We are 
authorized to issue up to 3,500,000 shares of common stock under the 2006 plan, of which no more than 1,100,000 shares of 
common stock may be issued in the form of restricted or unrestricted shares, performance awards or other share-based awards. 
As of December 31, 2006, 2,532,793 shares of common stock are available for grant under our 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive 
Plan.  

In June 2006, our stockholders approved the FTI Consulting, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees and Non-

Employee Directors. The deferred compensation plan provides for grants of stock unit and restricted stock unit awards to our key 
employees, other highly-compensated employees and non-employee directors. We are authorized to issue up to 1,500,000 shares 
of common stock under the deferred compensation plan. As of December 31, 2006, 1,425,000 shares of common stock are 
available for grant under our Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors.  

60 

 
Options are granted to employees with exercise prices equal to or exceeding the market value of our common stock on the 

grant date and expire ten years subsequent to award. Vesting provisions for individual awards are established at the grant date 
at the discretion of the compensation committee of our board of directors. Options granted under our share-based incentive 
compensation plans generally vest over three to six years, although we have granted options that vest over eight years. Some 
options vest upon the earlier of the achievement of a service consideration or the achievement of a market condition. Restricted 
shares are generally contingent on continued employment and vest over periods of three to ten years. Our share-based incentive 
compensation plans provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control, as defined in the applicable plan. The 
employment agreements with executive officers and other employees provide for accelerated vesting on other events, including 
death, disability, termination without good cause and termination by the employee with good reason. We issue new shares of 
our common stock whenever stock options are exercised or share awards are granted.  

Periodically we issue restricted and unrestricted shares to employees upon employment or in connection with performance 

evaluations. The fair market value on the date of issue of unrestricted shares is immediately charged to compensation expense. 
The fair market value on the date of issue of restricted shares is charged to compensation expense ratably over the remaining 
service period as the restrictions lapse.  

Employee stock purchase plan. The FTI Consulting, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan allows eligible employees to 

subscribe to purchase shares of common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of eligible compensation, subject to 
limitations. The purchase price is the lower of 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day or the 
last trading day of each semi-annual offering period. The aggregate number of shares purchased by an employee may not exceed 
$25,000 of fair market value annually, subject to limitations imposed by Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. A total of 
2,300,000 shares of common stock are authorized for purchase under the plan. As of December 31, 2006, 120,439 shares of our 
common stock are available for purchase under the plan. Employees purchased shares of common stock under this plan during 
the following periods at the weighted average prices per share as indicated: year ending December 31, 2006, 402,299 at $20.97; 
year ending December 31, 2005, 307,388 at $16.41; and year ending December 31, 2004—202,396 at $14.03.  

On June 6, 2006, our stockholders approved the FTI Consulting, Inc. 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. A total of 
2,000,000 shares of common stock are authorized for purchase under the plan. The provisions of the plan are substantially the 
same as the provisions under our existing employee stock purchase plan described above. No shares of common stock may be 
purchased under this plan until 2007.  

Share-based compensation expense. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and a lattice model to value our 
option and purchase plan grants using the assumptions in the following table. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield 
curve of U.S. Treasury strip securities with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the option or purchase plan award. 
The dividend yield on our common stock is assumed to be zero since we do not pay dividends and have no current plans to do so 
in the future. To estimate the market price volatility of our common stock, we use the historical volatility of our common stock 
over a time period equal to the expected term of the option or purchase plan award. The expected life of option grants is based 
on historical observations of the actual time lapsed between the grant date and exercise date. Groups of option holders that 
have similar historical exercise behavior with regard to option exercise timing and forfeiture rates are considered separately for 
valuation and attribution purposes.  

Beginning in 2006, we began to use a lattice model to value options that vest upon the earlier of the achievement of a 

service condition or the achievement of a market condition. Options with these vesting terms have been granted to one of our 
executives. In addition to these assumptions used under the Black-Scholes model, the lattice model requires inputs for post-
vesting turnover rate and suboptimal exercise factor. The post-vesting forfeiture rate is 0% based on the historically low option 
cancellation rates of our executive employees. The suboptimal exercise factor, which is the ratio by which the stock price must 
increase before an employee is expected to exercise the option, is 1.7 based on actual historical exercise activity. The expected 
life of the option is an output of the lattice model and has ranged between 6 and 7 years during 2006.  

Year Ended December 31,  

2006  

2005  

2004  

Assumptions 

Risk-free interest rate — option plan grants ........ 
Risk-free interest rate — purchase plan grants .... 
Dividend yield........................................................ 
Expected life of option grants .............................. 
Expected life of stock purchase plan grants ........ 
Stock price volatility — option plan grants .......... 
Stock price volatility — purchase plan grants ...... 

4.29% — 5.20%  
4.37% — 5.25%  
0%  
3 —10 years  
0.5 years  
41.7% — 51.7%  
32.0% — 37.7%  

3.44% — 4.45%  
2.55% — 3.35%  
0%  
3 years  
0.5 years  
44.5% — 54.1%  
23.2% — 34.7%  

1.90% — 3.91%  
0.96% — 1.61%  
0%  
3 — 5 years  
0.5 years  
54.6% — 59.6%  
56.9% — 71.6%  

61 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The table below reflects the total share-based compensation expense recognized in our income statements for the years 

ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. Statement No. 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time an award is 
granted and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Pre-vesting forfeitures 
were estimated to be between 0% and 3% based on historical experience. For the year ended December 31, 2006, share-based 
compensation expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. In our pro 
forma disclosures of share-based compensation under Statement No. 123, we accounted for forfeitures as they occurred.  

Income Statement 
Classification 

2006  

2005  

2004  

Option Grants 
and Stock 
Purchase Plan 
Rights 

Restricted 
Stock 
Grants 

Option Grants 
and Stock 
Purchase Plan 
Rights 

Restricted 
Stock 
Grants 

Option Grants 
and Stock 
Purchase Plan 
Rights 

Restricted 
Stock 
Grants 

Direct cost of revenues...........................  $ 
Selling, general and administrative 

expense .............................................   
Special charges .......................................   

Share-based compensation expense 

before income taxes .........................   
Income tax benefit..................................   

Share-based compensation, net of 

3,309   $ 

1,224   $ 

—   $ 

1,295   $ 

—   $ 

1,225  

7,800  
18  

11,127  
3,011  

1,763  
566  

3,553  
1,515  

—  
—  

—  
—  

661  
—  

1,956  
821  

—  
—  

—  
—  

99  
—  

1,324  
557  

income taxes .....................................  $ 

8,116   $ 

2,038   $ 

—   $ 

1,135   $ 

—   $ 

767  

As of December 31, 2006, there was $27.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options, 

net of forfeitures. That cost is expected to be recognized ratably over a weighted-average period of 3.7 years as the options vest. 
There were no share-based compensation costs capitalized as of December 31, 2006.  

As permitted by Statement No. 123, prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for share-based payments to employees and 

non-employee members of our board of directors using the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25. Under APB 
Opinion No. 25, we recorded compensation expense over the vesting period to the extent that the fair value of the underlying 
shares of common stock on the grant date exceeded the exercise or acquisition price of the stock or share-based award. Primarily 
because options granted under our share-based incentive compensation plans had an exercise price greater than or equal to the 
market value of the underlying common stock on the grant date, we generally did not recognize compensation cost related to 
employee stock options or shares issued under our employee stock purchase plan. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 
2004, the following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if we had determined compensation cost by 
applying the fair value recognition provisions of Statement No. 123 to share-based employee awards.  

Year Ended 
December  31,  

2005  

2004  

Net income, as reported ............................................................................................... 

$ 

56,368   $ 

42,878  

Add — Share-based employee compensation cost included in reported net income, net of 

income taxes.............................................................................................................. 
Deduct — Total share-based employee compensation expense determined under fair 
value-based method for all awards, net of income taxes ........................................ 

Net income, pro forma.................................................................................................. 

Earnings per common share 

Basic, as reported ........................................................................................................... 

Basic, pro forma .............................................................................................................. 

Diluted, as reported ........................................................................................................ 

Diluted, pro forma........................................................................................................... 

1,135  

767  

(8,555) 

(7,391) 

48,948   $ 

36,254  

1.38   $ 

1.20   $ 

1.35   $ 

1.18   $ 

1.02  

0.86  

1.01  

0.86  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

62 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
General stock option and share-based award information. The following table summarizes the option activity under 
our share-based incentive compensation plans as of and during the year ended December 31, 2006. The aggregate intrinsic value 
in the table below represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the closing price of our common stock on 
the last trading day of 2006 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been 
received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2006. This amount changes based 
on changes in the fair market value of our common stock.  

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Shares  

Options outstanding, January 1, 2006 ................................  

4,604   $ 

20.56  

Options granted during the period: 

Exercise Price = fair market value......................... 
Exercise Price > fair market value......................... 
Options exercised ............................................................ 
Options forfeited .............................................................. 

Options outstanding, December 31, 2006 ..........................  

Options exercisable, December 31, 2006 ...........................  

1,967   $ 
90   $ 
(628)  $ 
(182)  $ 

5,851   $ 

3,059   $ 

26.85  
29.56  
16.26  
21.53  

23.25  

21.34  

7.5 years   $ 

27,789  

6.2 years   $ 

20,041  

The intrinsic value of options exercised is the amount by which the market value of our common stock on the exercise date 

exceeds the exercise price. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was:  

• 

• 

• 

$6.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2006;  

$8.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2005; and  

$5.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2004.  

The table below reflects the weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options granted, shares purchased under our 

employee stock purchase plan and restricted shares granted during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.  

Year Ended December 31,  

2006  

2005  

2004  

Weighted average fair value of grants 

Stock options: 

Grant price = fair market value ............................................................ 
Grant price > fair market value ............................................................ 
Employee stock purchase plan shares............................................................ 
Restricted shares ............................................................................................. 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

13.64   $ 
10.49   $ 
6.86   $ 
26.44   $ 

8.08   $ 
7.68   $ 
5.10   $ 
26.05   $ 

7.09  
6.63  
6.62  
18.60  

Following is a summary of the status of stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2006.  

Exercise Price Range 

Shares  

Options Outstanding  

Options Exercisable  

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Shares  

$  1.90 — $19.67 ....................................................... 
$19.80 — $23.82 ....................................................... 
$24.28 — $26.39 ....................................................... 
$26.45 — $27.60 ....................................................... 
$27.77 — $33.25 ....................................................... 

1,350   $ 
1,175   $ 
1,246   $ 
1,306   $ 
774   $ 

5,851  

16.14  
21.75  
25.09  
26.96  
28.68  

6.9 years  
6.6 years  
7.5 years  
8.3 years  
8.8 years  

884   $ 
1,013   $ 
693   $ 
444   $ 
25   $ 

3,059  

15.18  
21.73  
24.54  
27.38  
28.09  

63 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
A summary of our unvested restricted share award activity during the year ended December 31, 2006 is presented below. 
The fair value of unvested restricted share-based awards is determined based on the closing market price of our common stock 
on the grant date. Pre-vesting forfeitures were estimated to be between 0% and 1% based on historical experience.  

Unvested restricted shares outstanding, January 1, 2006....................... 
Restricted share awards granted...........................................................  
Restricted share awards vested .............................................................  
Restricted share awards forfeited..........................................................  

Unvested restricted shares outstanding, December 31, 2006................. 

Weighted- 
Average Grant- 
Date Fair 
Value  

21.32  
26.44  
20.50  
21.15  

23.63  

Shares  

640   $ 
374   $ 
(110)  $ 
(35)  $ 

869   $ 

As of December 31, 2006, there was $16.9 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted share-

based compensation arrangements. That cost is expected to be recognized ratably over a weighted-average period of 4.4 years as 
the awards vest. The total fair value of restricted share-based awards that vested was $2.2 million during the year ended 
December 31, 2006. The total fair value of restricted share-based awards that vested during the year ended December 31, 2005 
was $0.9 million.  

3. Acquisitions  

We record assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations on our balance sheet as of the respective 

acquisition dates based upon their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. We include the results of operations of 
businesses acquired in our income statement beginning on the acquisition dates. We allocate the acquisition cost to identifiable 
tangible and intangible assets and liabilities based upon their estimated relative fair values. We allocate the excess of the 
purchase price over the estimated fair values of the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed to goodwill. We determine 
the fair value of intangible assets acquired based upon independent appraisals. The fair value of shares of our common stock 
issued in connection with a business combination is based on a five-day average of the closing price of our common stock two 
days before and two days after the date we agree to the terms of the acquisition and publicly announce the transaction. In 
certain circumstances, the allocations of the excess purchase price are based on preliminary estimates and assumptions. 
Accordingly, the allocations are subject to revision when we receive final information, including appraisals and other analyses. 
Revisions to our preliminary estimates of fair value may be significant. With the exception of the acquisition of FD, described 
below, the business combinations consummated in 2005 and 2006, both individually and in the aggregate, did not materially 
impact our results of operations, pro forma results have not been presented.  

2006 Acquisitions  

Financial Dynamics. In October 2006, we completed our acquisition of approximately 97% of the share capital of FD 

International (Holdings) Limited, or FD, a global strategic business and financial communications consulting firm headquartered 
in London. FD provides consulting services related to financial communications, brand communications, public affairs and issues 
management and strategy development. The total acquisition cost was $253.8 million, including transaction costs. The total 
acquisition cost consists of approximately $220.8 million in cash, 1.1 million shares of restricted common stock valued at $26.1 
million, loan notes payable to the certain sellers of FD shares in the aggregate principal amount of $6.9 million and deferred 
purchase obligations. We funded the cash portion of the purchase price through the issuance of $215.0 million of senior notes 
and borrowings of $40.0 million under our amended and restated senior secured credit facility. In February 2007, we acquired the 
remaining 3% of FD’s share capital that was outstanding for cash and common stock consideration totaling about $8 million. For 
the year ended December 31, 2006 and each year ending December 31, 2007 through December 31, 2010, former shareholders of 
FD who elected the earnout option will qualify for:  

• 

• 

additional consideration based on earnings before interest, taxes and amortization, or EBITA, of the business unit (as 
defined in the offer to purchase); and  

conditional contractual protection against a decline in the value of the shares of our common stock issued as 
purchase price below the issuance price of $22.26 per share.  

The three principal executive officers of FD have entered into contracts of employment with FTI that contain covenants 

not to compete with FD for a 12 month period following termination of employment. The three principal FD executives also have 
been awarded stock options to purchase shares of our common stock and restricted shares of our common stock. We also 
entered into restricted stock agreements with the former FD shareholders who elected the earn-out option who have agreed not 
to sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of the shares of common stock after the closing. The contractual restrictions 
on transfer will lapse as to all restricted shares issued as consideration for the purchase of their capital shares of FD on 
September 30, 2009, except that after September 30, 2007 senior management of FD, in its discretion, may waive the restrictions 
with respect to all or a portion of a holder’s restricted shares and the restrictions will lapse immediately upon death or a change 

64 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
in control of FTI. If a forfeiture event (as defined in the offer to purchase) occurs any restrictions on the shares of our common 
stock then held by such holder will be extended to September 30, 2013.  

Compass. On January 6, 2006, we completed our acquisition of Competition Policy Associates, Inc., or Compass. Compass 
is a competition economics consulting firm, with offices in Washington, D.C. and San Francisco. Compass provides services that 
involve sophisticated economic analysis in the context of antitrust disputes, mergers and acquisitions, regulatory and policy 
debates, and general commercial litigation across a broad range of industries in the United States, Europe and the Pacific Rim. 
The total acquisition cost, net of post-closing adjustments, was $72.7 million consisting of net cash and transaction costs of $47.3 
million and 909,346 restricted shares of common stock valued at $25.4 million. We financed the cash portion of the purchase 
price from cash on hand. For each year ending between December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2013, the purchase agreement 
provides for:  

• 

• 

• 

additional consideration based on earnings before interest and taxes, or EBIT of the business unit (as defined in the 
purchase agreement);  

the set aside of a percentage of EBIT of the business unit for each year to be used as incentive compensation to 
employees of and consultants to the business; and  

conditional contractual protection against a decline in the value of the shares of our common stock issued as 
purchase price below the issuance price of $27.61.  

The identifiable intangible assets we acquired consist principally of contract backlog, customer relationships, non-
competition agreements and tradename and total $16.4 million. We recorded $52.8 million of goodwill as a result of the value of 
the assembled workforce we acquired and the ability to earn a higher rate of return from the acquired business than would be 
expected if those net assets had to be acquired or developed separately. We believe the goodwill recorded as a result of this 
acquisition will be fully deductible for income tax purposes over the next 15 years.  

We issued an aggregate of $8.0 million of loans to key employees and outside consultants of Compass at the time of the 

acquisition. Interest is payable quarterly at 4.65%. The principal amount is due in January 2016 or earlier if the employee resigns, 
the consultant stops providing service to us or other events of default occur. These loans are classified as long-term notes 
receivable in our consolidated balance sheet.  

Other. During 2006, we completed three other business combinations. The total acquisition cost was $27.0 million, 

consisting of cash and transaction costs of $22.3 million and 182,749 restricted shares of our common stock valued at 
$4.7 million. The purchase agreements for these business combinations contain provisions that include additional cash payments 
based on the achievement of annual financial targets in each of the next five to six years. Any contingent consideration payable 
in the future will be applied to goodwill.  

2005 Acquisitions  

Cambio. Effective May 31, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Cambio 
Health Solutions, based in Nashville, Tennessee. Cambio provides strategic, operational and turnaround management consulting 
services to academic medical centers, integrated delivery systems, stand-alone community hospitals, investor-owned hospitals 
and special medical facilities. The total acquisition cost was $42.8 million, consisting of net cash of $29.7 million, transaction 
costs of $0.9 million and 555,660 restricted shares of our common stock valued at about $12.2 million. We granted the sellers of 
Cambio contractual protection against a decline in the value of the common stock we issued as consideration for the acquisition. 
Upon the lapse of restrictions on the common stock, if the market price of our common stock is below $22.33, we have agreed to 
make additional cash payments to the sellers equal to the deficiency. Any contingent consideration payable in the future will be 
applied to goodwill.  

The identifiable intangible assets that we acquired had a fair value of $8.0 million and consisted principally of contract 

backlog, customer relationships, trade name and non-competition agreements. We recorded $34.3 million of goodwill as a result 
of the value of the assembled workforce we acquired and the ability to earn a higher rate of return from the acquired business 
than would be expected if those net assets had to be acquired or developed separately. In addition, this acquisition enhances our 
industry expertise in healthcare management and finance. We believe the goodwill recorded as a result of this acquisition will be 
fully deductible for income tax purposes over the next 15 years.  

Ringtail. On February 28, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Ringtail 

business. Ringtail is a developer of litigation support and knowledge management technologies for law firms, Fortune 500 
corporate legal departments, government agencies and courts. The assets we acquired include software products and 
technologies and intellectual property. Ringtail has developed a suite of integrated software modules to manage the information 
and workflow in complex legal cases. Prior to the acquisition, we were an application service provider of Ringtail software. The 
costs related to this arrangement were not material to our results of operations. The total acquisition cost was $34.6 million, 
consisting of net cash and transaction costs of $19.6 million and 784,109 shares of our common stock valued at $15.0 million. We 
financed the cash portion of the purchase price with cash on hand and borrowings under our revolving line of credit. We may be 
required to pay the sellers additional annual consideration based upon post-acquisition revenues for the each of the years from 
2005 through 2007. This earnout consideration may be up to $2.5 million per year and may be paid in cash, shares of our common 

65 

 
  
stock or a combination of both. The full amount of the earnout was earned in 2005 and 2006. The 2005 earnout was paid in cash 
during 2006. We granted the sellers contractual protection against a decline in the value of any purchase price or earnout 
payment made in shares of our common stock. If on the first anniversary date of any issuance of purchase price or earnout 
shares, the market price of our common stock has not increased by at least 10%, we have agreed to make an additional cash 
payment to the sellers equal to the deficiency. On February 28, 2006, the first anniversary date of the issuance of the purchase 
price shares, we were not required to make a price protection payment. Any contingent consideration payable in the future will 
be applied to goodwill.  

We acquired identifiable intangible assets consisting principally of software, contract backlog and customer relationships. 

The estimated valuation of these intangible assets totals $7.1 million. We recorded $27.8 million of goodwill as a result of the 
value of the assembled workforce we acquired and the ability to earn a higher rate of return from the acquired business than 
would be expected if those net assets had to be acquired or developed separately. We believe the goodwill recorded as a result of 
this acquisition will be fully deductible for income tax purposes over the next 15 years.  

Other. During the third quarter of 2005, we completed two business combinations. The total acquisition cost was 
$7.1 million, consisting of $4.7 million of cash and transaction costs and 101,790 shares of our common stock valued at about 
$2.4 million. The purchase agreement for one of these business combinations contains provisions that include additional cash 
payments based on the achievement of annual financial targets in each of the five years ending December 31, 2010. Any 
contingent consideration payable in the future will be applied to goodwill.  

Purchase Price Allocation  

We recorded significant goodwill from the acquisitions completed in 2006 and 2005 as a result of the value of the 

assembled workforce we acquired and the ability to earn a higher rate of return from the acquired business than would be 
expected if those net assets had to be acquired or developed separately. As of December 31, 2006, our remaining amortizable 
intangible assets are being amortized over a weighted-average useful life of 10.4 years. Excluding the foreign acquisitions, we 
believe the goodwill recorded as a result of these acquisitions will be fully deductible for income tax purposes over the next 15 
years. The foreign acquisitions were stock transactions and as a result, the goodwill associated with these acquisitions is 
currently not deductible for income tax purposes.  

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed pertaining to the 

acquisition of Financial Dynamics completed in 2006.  

Direct cost of business combination 

Cash paid, including transaction costs ..................................................................................................................  
Common stock issued ............................................................................................................................................  
Notes payable issued .............................................................................................................................................  

Total .................................................................................................................................................................  

Net assets acquired 

Accounts receivable, billed and unbilled, net .......................................................................................................  
Other current assets ...............................................................................................................................................  
Property and equipment ........................................................................................................................................  
Customer relationships (estimated 15 year weighted-average useful life) ..........................................................  
Tradename (indefinite useful life)...........................................................................................................................  
Non-compete agreements (estimated 4 year weighted-average useful life).......................................................  
Goodwill..................................................................................................................................................................  
Other assets ............................................................................................................................................................  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses .............................................................................................................  
Billings in excess of services provided...................................................................................................................  
Other liabilities .......................................................................................................................................................  

$ 

220,816  
26,108  
6,874  

$ 

253,798  

$ 

23,582  
31,826  
5,389  
37,490  
7,649  
1,507  
218,476  
1,335  
(26,306) 
(2,601) 
(44,549) 

Total net assets acquired ..................................................................................................................................................  

$ 

253,798  

66 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
Pro Forma Results  

Our consolidated financial statements include the operating results of each acquired business from the dates of 

acquisition. The unaudited pro forma financial information below for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 assumes that 
our material business acquisition of Financial Dynamics had occurred at the beginning of each period presented.  

Pro forma financial information for the acquisition of Financial Dynamics 
Revenues .......................................................................................................  
Income before income tax provision ...........................................................  
Earnings per common share — basic ..........................................................  

Earnings per common share — diluted .......................................................  

$ 

$ 

$ 

800,809  
84,768  
1.11  

1.09  

$ 

$ 

$ 

632,793  
89,170  
1.23  

1.21  

Year Ended 
December 31, 

2006  

2005  

4. Balance Sheet Details  

Notes receivable 

Notes receivable from employees ................................................................. 
Note receivable from purchasers of former subsidiary ................................. 

Property and equipment 

Furniture, equipment and software .......................................................... 
Leasehold improvements.......................................................................... 
Construction in progress........................................................................... 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization........................................... 

Notes receivable, net of current portion 

Notes receivable from employees and outside consultants, net of current 
portion.................................................................................................. 
Note receivable from purchasers of former subsidiary and other........... 

Other assets 

Debt financing fees ................................................................................... 
Account receivable, non-current .............................................................. 
Other non-current assets .......................................................................... 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other 

Accounts payable ...................................................................................... 
Accrued expenses ..................................................................................... 
Accrued contingent consideration ........................................................... 
Accrued special charges ........................................................................... 
Accrued interest ........................................................................................ 
Employee stock purchase plan and other payroll related withholdings. 
Income taxes payable ............................................................................... 
Current portion of capital lease obligations ............................................ 

Other liabilities 

Deferred rent and accrued sublease losses ............................................. 
Accrued special charges ........................................................................... 
Interest rate swap liabilities ...................................................................... 
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion ..................................... 
Other non-current liabilities ...................................................................... 

67 

December 31,  

2006  

2005  

$ 

$ 

$ 

6,777   $ 
500  

7,277   $ 

62,945   $ 
15,240  
14,587  

92,772  
(41,446) 

2,713  
—  

2,713  

49,087  
11,239  
1,999  

62,325  
(33,023) 

$ 

51,326   $ 

29,302  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

33,696   $ 
1,607  

35,303   $ 

4,516  
2,000  

6,516  

20,211   $ 
12,370  
13,575  

13,568  
11,210  
2,667  

46,156   $ 

27,445  

11,158   $ 
16,635  
16,961  
10,845  
7,367  
5,784  
9,164  
—  

5,196  
4,658  
3,300  
—  
3,231  
2,788  
2,513  
76  

77,914   $ 

21,762  

17,431   $ 
3,443  
1,891  
—  
3,609  

16,508  
—  
1,569  
22  
170  

$ 

26,374   $ 

18,269  

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Notes receivable due from employees include signing bonuses granted in the form of general recourse forgivable loans to 
attract and retain highly-skilled professionals. The notes are unsecured, except for one that is secured by shares of our common 
stock. These notes are being amortized to expense over their forgiveness periods of one to ten years. Professionals who terminate 
their employment with us prior to the end of the forgiveness period are required to repay the outstanding, unforgiven loan 
balance and any accrued but forgiven interest.  

At December 31, 2006, we have an unsecured trade receivable of $12.4 million related to fees for services rendered in 
connection with a client matter where payment will not be received until the completion of the engagement. This receivable has 
been classified as non-current due to the long-term nature of the engagement.  

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets  

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment are as follows.  

Forensic/ 
Litigation  

Corporate/ 
Finance 
Restructuring  

Economic  

Technology  

Strategic and 
Financial 
Communications  

Consolidated  

Balance, December 31, 2004.................  $ 
Goodwill acquired during the year.......   
Contingent purchase price ...................   
Adjustments to allocation of 

purchase price .................................   

Balance, December 31, 2005.................   
Goodwill acquired during the year.......   
Contingent purchase price ...................   
Adjustments to allocation of 

purchase price .................................   

119,065   $ 
2,275  
800  

—  

122,140  
18,836  
463  

264,887   $  123,704   $ 

—   $ 

34,293  

1,645  

(341) 

298,839  
—  
—  

—  

125,349  
52,321  
498  

27,784  
2,500  

—  

30,284  
2,123  
2,500  

—   $ 
—  
—  

—  

—  
219,028  
13,500  

507,656  
65,997  
3,300  

(341) 

576,612  
292,308  
16,961  

16  

(268) 

1  

81  

—  

(170) 

Balance, December 31, 2006.................  $ 

141,455   $ 

298,571   $  178,169   $ 

34,988   $ 

232,528   $ 

885,711  

Other intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. During the third quarter of 2006, 
we determined that the backlog we acquired in May 2005 in connection with our acquisition of Cambio Health Solutions had a 
shorter life than we originally estimated, and therefore, we recorded a $0.9 million non-cash intangible impairment charge within 
our corporate finance/restructuring segment. This amount is recorded as a special charge in our income statement. For intangible 
assets with finite lives, we recorded amortization expense of $11.2 million in 2006, $6.5 million in 2005 and $6.8 million in 2004. 
Based solely on the amortizable intangible assets recorded as of December 31, 2006, we estimate amortization expense to be $9.6 
million in 2007, $7.3 million in 2008, $7.0 million in 2009, $5.2 million in 2010, $4.5 million in 2011 and $29.6 million in years after 
2011. Actual amortization expense to be reported in future periods could differ from these estimates as a result of new intangible 
asset acquisitions, changes in useful lives or other relevant factors.  

December 31, 2006  

December 31, 2005  

Useful Life 
In Years  

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Amortized intangible assets 
Contract backlog .................................................................... 
Customer relationships........................................................... 
Non-competition agreements................................................ 
Software .................................................................................. 
Tradenames ............................................................................ 

1 to 3 
3 to 15 
1 to 10 
5 
1 to 4 

$ 

4,881   $ 

55,980  
9,266  
4,400  
391  

74,918  

2,803   $ 
5,766  
1,465  
1,613  
38  

11,685  

8,105   $ 

10,340  
2,421  
4,400  
—  

25,266  

Unamortized intangible assets 
Tradenames ............................................................................ 

Indefinite 

14,478  

—  

4,400  

3,536  
2,827  
1,116  
733  
—  

8,212  

—  

$ 

89,396   $ 

11,685   $ 

29,666   $ 

8,212  

68 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
For acquisitions completed during 2006 and 2005, the aggregate amount of purchase price assigned to intangible assets 

other than goodwill consisted of the following.  

December 31, 2006  

December 31, 2005  

Weighted- 
Average 
Amortization 
Period 
in Years 

Amortized intangible assets 

Contract backlog .................................................... 
Customer relationships .......................................... 
Software .................................................................. 
Non-competition agreements ............................... 
Tradenames ............................................................ 

1.5   $ 
14  
—  
8  
3.5  

Weighted- 
Average 
Amortization 
Period 
in Years 

1.5   $ 
11  
5  
5  
—  

Fair 
Value 

8,105  
2,040  
4,400  
765  
—  

15,310  

Fair 
Value 

4,511  
45,640  
—  
7,745  
391  

58,287  

Unamortized intangible assets 

Tradename.............................................................. 

Indefinite  

10,078  

Indefinite  

1,700  

$ 

68,365  

$ 

17,010  

 6. Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

We have determined the estimated fair values of financial instruments using available market information and appropriate 

valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop fair value 
estimates. As a result, the estimates presented below are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that we could realize or be 
required to pay in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions, as well as estimation methodologies, may 
have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.  

Long-term notes and accounts receivable ..................... 
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations,  

including current portion ................................................ 
Interest rate swap liabilities .......................................... 
Accelerated stock repurchase agreement ..................... 

December 31,  

2006  

2005  

Carrying 
Amount 

Estimated 
Fair Value 

Carrying 
Amount 

Estimated 
Fair Value 

$ 

47,673   $ 

45,880   $ 

17,726   $ 

16,615  

570,358  
1,891  
—  

611,054  
1,891  
—  

348,529  
1,569  
—  

372,975  
1,569  
6,750  

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses. We believe the 

carrying amounts of current assets and current liabilities are reasonable estimates of their fair values.  

Long-term notes and account receivable. We determined the fair value of long-term notes and account receivable based 

on the expected future cash flows discounted at risk-adjusted rates.  

Long-term debt. We determined the fair value of the long-term debt based on quoted market prices for our senior notes 

and our convertible notes. We determined the fair value of our variable rate notes payable based on the carrying value, as 
interest rates reset every 90 days.  

Interest rate swap liabilities. The carrying amount of our interest rate swap liabilities is fair value. The fair value of our 

interest rate swaps is based on estimates obtained from bankers to settle the agreements.  

Accelerated stock repurchase agreement. We estimated the fair value of the accelerated stock repurchase agreement 
based on our actual obligation on December 31, 2005 plus an estimate of the amount that would be due if the shares remaining 
to be purchased in the open market were purchased at $27.44, the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2005. See 
note 11 for further discussion.  

Letters of credit. We use letters of credit primarily to back some lease guarantees. Outstanding letters of credit totaled 

$9.3 million at December 31, 2006 and $8.6 million at December 31, 2005. The letters of credit reflect fair value as a condition of 
their underlying purpose and are subject to fees competitively determined in the market place.  

69 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
7. Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations  

7 5/8 % senior notes due 2013, including a fair value hedge adjustment of $1,891 and 
$1,569 ................................................................................................................... 
7 3/4 % senior notes due 2016 .................................................................................... 
3 3/4 % convertible senior subordinated notes due 2012 ......................................... 
Notes payable to shareholders of acquired business............................................... 
Other .......................................................................................................................... 

Total long-term debt................................................................................................  
Less current portion ................................................................................................... 

Long-term debt, net of current portion....................................................................  

Total capital lease obligations..................................................................................  
Less current portion ................................................................................................... 

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion ......................................................  

December 31,  

2006  

2005  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

198,109   $ 
215,000  
150,000  
6,875  
374  

570,358  
6,917  

198,431  
—  
150,000  
—  
—  

348,431  
—  

563,441   $ 

348,431  

—   $ 
—  

—   $ 

98  
76  

22  

7 5/8% senior notes due 2013. In August 2005, we completed the sale of $200.0 million in principal amount of 7 5/8% 

senior notes due June 15, 2013, generating net cash proceeds of $194 million after deducting fees and expenses and the initial 
purchasers’ discounts. Cash interest is payable semiannually beginning December 15, 2005 at a rate of 7.625% per year. We may 
choose to redeem some or all of these notes starting June 15, 2009 at an initial redemption price of 103.813% of the aggregate 
principal amount of these notes plus accrued and unpaid interest. On or before June 15, 2008, we may choose to redeem up to 
35% of the original principal amount of the notes using the proceeds of one or more sales of qualified equity securities at 
107.625% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. These notes are senior 
unsecured indebtedness of ours and rank equal in right of payment with all of our other unsubordinated, unsecured 
indebtedness. We have agreed to specific registration rights with respect to these notes. If we do not maintain the registration of 
the notes effective through maturity, subject to limitations, then the annual interest rate on these notes will increase by 0.25% 
every 90 days, up to a maximum of 1.0%, until the default ceases to exist. If we have a registration default and subsequently 
correct it, the annual interest rate on the notes will revert to 7.625%.  

In August 2005, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements to hedge the risk of changes in fair value attributable 
to changes in market interest rates associated with $60.0 million of our senior notes. As a result of this hedge and in accordance 
with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” we 
have recognized a $1.9 million decrease to the carrying value of the senior notes as of December 31, 2006 and a $1.6 million 
decrease to the carrying value of the senior notes as of December 31, 2005. However, this fair value hedge adjustment does not 
change the amounts due at maturity of the senior notes.  

7 3/4% senior notes due 2016. In October 2006, we completed the issuance and sale in a private placement of $215.0 

million in principal amount of 7 3/4% senior notes due October 1, 2016, generating net cash proceeds of $208 million after 
deducting fees and expenses and the initial purchasers’ discounts. All of these notes were exchanged for senior notes with 
identical terms registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, in February 2007. Cash interest is payable 
semiannually beginning April 1, 2007 at a rate of 7.75% per year. We may choose to redeem some or all of these notes starting 
October 1, 2011 at an initial redemption price of 103.875% of the aggregate principal amount of these notes plus accrued and 
unpaid interest. On or before October 1, 2009, we may choose to redeem up to 35% of the original principal amount of the notes 
using the proceeds of one or more sales of qualified equity securities at 107.75% of their principal amount, plus accrued and 
unpaid interest to the date of redemption. These notes are senior unsecured indebtedness of ours and rank equal in right of 
payment with all of our other unsubordinated, unsecured indebtedness. We have agreed to specific registration rights with 
respect to these notes. If we do not maintain the registration of the notes effective through maturity, subject to limitations, then 
the annual interest rate on these notes will increase by 0.25% every 90 days, up to a maximum of 1.0%, until the default ceases 
to exist. If we have a registration default and subsequently correct it, the annual interest rate on the notes will revert to 7.75%.  

3 3/4% convertible senior subordinated notes due 2012. In August 2005, we completed the sale of $150.0 million in 
principal amount of 3 3/4% convertible senior subordinated notes due July 15, 2012, generating net cash proceeds of $144 million 
after deducting fees, expenses and the initial purchasers’ discounts. Cash interest is payable semiannually beginning January 15, 
2006 at a rate of 3.75% per year. The convertible notes are non-callable. Upon conversion, the principal portion of the 
convertible notes will be paid in cash and any excess over the conversion rate will be paid in shares of our common stock or cash 
at an initial conversion rate of 31.998 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes, representing 
an initial conversion price of $31.25 per share, subject to adjustment upon specified events. Upon normal conversions, for every 
$1.00 the market price of our common stock exceeds $31.25 per share, we will be required at our option either to pay an 
additional $4.8 million or to issue shares of our common stock with a then market price equivalent to $4.8 million to settle the 
conversion feature. The convertible notes may be converted at the option of the holder unless earlier repurchased: (1) on or after 
June 15, 2012; (2) if a specified fundamental change event occurs; (3) if the closing sale price of our common stock for a specified 
time period exceeds 120% of the conversion price for a specified time period or (4) if the trading price for a convertible note is 
less than 95% of the closing sale price of our common stock into which it can be converted for a specified time period. At 

70 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
December 31, 2006, the convertible notes were not convertible and the holders of the notes had no right to require us to 
repurchase the notes and therefore they are classified as long-term debt. If a specified fundamental change event occurs, the 
conversion price of our convertible notes may increase, depending on our common stock price at that time. However, the 
number of shares issuable upon conversion of a note may not exceed 41.5973 per $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes. 
As of December 31, 2006, the conversion price has not required adjustment. These notes are senior subordinated unsecured 
indebtedness of ours and will be subordinated to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness. The conversion feature 
embedded in the convertible notes is classified as an equity instrument under the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force, or 
EITF, Issue No. 00-19, “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own 
Stock.” Accordingly, the conversion feature is not required to be bifurcated and accounted for separate from the notes. We do 
not have a stated intent or past practice of settling such instruments in cash, therefore share settlement is assumed for 
accounting purposes until actual settlement takes place. Until conversion, no amounts are recognized in our financial statements 
for the ultimate settlement of the conversion feature. Upon conversion, if we elect to settle the conversion feature with shares 
of our common stock, settlement of the conversion feature will be accounted for as an equity transaction involving the issuance 
of shares at fair value for settlement of the conversion feature. No gain or loss would be recognized in our financial statements 
as a result of settling the conversion feature in shares of common stock. If we elect to settle the conversion feature in cash, the 
full amount of the cash payment will be treated as a loss on the extinguishment of debt in our income statement when settled.  

Senior secured credit facility and early extinguishment of term loans. On September 29, 2006, we amended and 
restated our senior secured credit facility to provide for $50.0 million in additional borrowing capacity under our revolving line 
of credit, facilitate the offering of our 7 3/4% senior notes described above, adjust our financial covenants and effect certain 
other changes. As of December 31, 2006, our senior secured credit facility provides for a $150.0 million revolving line of credit. 
The maturity date of the $150.0 million revolving line of credit is September 30, 2011. We may choose to repay outstanding 
borrowings under the senior secured credit facility at any time before maturity without penalty. Debt under the senior secured 
credit facility bears interest at an annual rate equal to the Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin or an alternative base rate 
defined as the higher of (1) the lender’s announced U.S. prime rate or (2) the federal funds rate plus the sum of 50 basis points 
and an applicable margin. We are also required to pay a commitment fee of between 0.25% and 0.5% on the unused portion of 
the revolving line of credit which is subject to change based on our consolidated leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2006, our 
commitment fee rate was 0.375%. Under the senior secured credit facility, the lenders have a security interest in substantially all 
of our assets. As of December 31, 2006, we had no borrowings outstanding under our revolving line of credit. The availability of 
borrowings under our revolving line of credit is subject to specified borrowing conditions. We use letters of credit primarily as 
security deposits for our office facilities. Letters of credit reduce the availability under our revolving line of credit. As of 
December 31, 2006, we had $9.3 million of outstanding letters of credit, which reduced the available borrowings under our 
revolving line of credit to $140.7 million.  

Our senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing our senior notes contain covenants which limit our ability 
to incur additional indebtedness; create liens; pay dividends on, make distributions or repurchases of our capital stock or make 
specified other restricted payments; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets; guarantee obligations of other 
entities; enter into hedging agreements; enter into transactions with affiliates or related persons or engage in any business other 
than the consulting business. The senior secured credit facility requires compliance with financial ratios, including total 
indebtedness to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA; EBITDA to specified charges and the 
maintenance of a minimum net worth, each as defined under the senior secured credit facility. At December 31, 2006, we were in 
compliance with all covenants as stipulated in the senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing our senior notes.  

Notes payable to shareholders of acquired business. In connection with the acquisition of FD, we issued $6.9 million of 

notes to former FD shareholders who elected to receive notes in lieu of cash. These notes are unsecured and bear interest based 
on LIBOR that compounds quarterly. The notes are redeemable at any time prior to maturity on October 5, 2008. Accordingly, 
they have been classified as a current obligation. Former FD shareholders who elected to receive notes in lieu of cash will also 
receive any earnout consideration in the form of notes.  

Guarantees. Currently, we do not have any significant debt guarantees related to entities outside of the consolidated 
group. As of December 31, 2006, substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries are guarantors of borrowings under our senior 
secured credit facility, our senior notes and our convertible notes in the amount of $565.0 million.  

Future maturities of long-term debt. For years subsequent to December 31, 2006, scheduled annual maturities of long-

term debt outstanding as of December 31, 2006 are as follows.  

2007 ............................................................................................................................................  
2008 ............................................................................................................................................  
2009 ............................................................................................................................................  
2010 ............................................................................................................................................  
2011 ............................................................................................................................................  
Thereafter ...................................................................................................................................  

Less fair value hedge adjustment ...................................................................................  

$ 

 44  
6,919  
45  
46  
47  
565,148  

572,249  
1,891  

$ 

570,358  

71 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
8. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities  

We use derivative instruments, consisting primarily of interest rate swap agreements, to manage our exposure to changes 

in the fair values or future cash flows of some of our long-term debt which are caused by interest rate fluctuations. We do not 
use derivative instruments for trading or other speculative purposes. The use of derivative instruments exposes us to market risk 
and credit risk. Market risk is the adverse effect that a change in interest rates has on the value of a financial instrument. While 
derivative instruments are subject to fluctuations in values, these fluctuations are generally offset by fluctuations in fair values 
or cash flows of the underlying hedged items. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty exposes us to loss in the event of non-
performance. We enter into derivative financial instruments with high credit quality counterparties and diversify our positions 
among such counterparties in order to reduce our exposure to credit losses.  

From time to time, we hedge the cash flows and fair values of some of our long-term debt using interest rate swaps. We 

enter into these derivative contracts to manage our exposure to interest rate changes by achieving a desired proportion of fixed 
rate versus variable rate debt. In an interest rate swap, we agree to exchange the difference between a variable interest rate and 
either a fixed or another variable interest rate multiplied by a notional principal amount. We record all interest rate swaps at 
their fair market values within other assets or other liabilities on our balance sheet. As of December 31, 2006, the fair value of 
our interest rate swap agreements was a liability of $1.9 million. As of December 31, 2005, the fair value of our interest rate swap 
agreements was a liability of $1.6 million.  

In August 2005, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of a 
portion of our 7 5/8% fixed rate senior notes. The interest swap agreements mature on June 15, 2013. Under the terms of the 
interest rate swap agreements, we receive interest on the $60.0 million notional amount at a fixed rate of 7.625% and pay a 
variable rate of interest, between 8.18% and 8.22% at December 31, 2006, based on the London Interbank Offered Rate, or 
LIBOR, as the benchmark interest rate. The maturity, payment dates and other critical terms of these swaps exactly match those 
of the hedged senior notes. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative 
Instruments and Hedging Activities,” the swaps are accounted for as effective hedges. Accordingly, the changes in the fair values 
of both the swaps and the debt are recorded as equal and offsetting gains and losses in interest expense. No hedge 
ineffectiveness has been recognized as the critical provisions of the interest rate swap agreements match the applicable 
provisions of the debt. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the impact of effectively converting the interest rate of 
$60.0 million of our senior notes from fixed rate to variable rate increased interest expense by $284,000. For the year ended 
December 31, 2005, the impact of effectively converting the interest rate of $60.0 million of our senior notes from fixed rate to 
variable rate reduced interest expense by $161,000.  

9. Commitments and Contingencies  

Operating lease commitments. We lease office space and equipment under non-cancelable operating lease agreements 

that expire in various years through 2021. The leases normally provide for the payment of minimum annual rentals and may 
include scheduled rent increases. We recognize scheduled rent increases on a straight-line basis over the initial lease term. Some 
leases include provisions for renewal options of up to 5 years. Some of our leases for office space contain provisions whereby the 
future rental payments may be adjusted for increases in operating expenses above specified amounts.  

We entered into a lease agreement for office space in New York City that commenced in July 2004 and expires in November 
2021. In accordance with the lease terms, we received a cash inducement of $8.1 million in 2004 and an additional $3.3 million in 
2005. We have classified the inducements as deferred rent within other liabilities in our balance sheet. We are amortizing the 
cash inducements over the life of the lease as a reduction to the cash rent expense.  

Rental expense, net of rental income was $20.2 million during 2006, $16.3 million during 2005 and $12.6 million during 

2004. For years subsequent to December 31, 2006, future minimum payments for all operating lease obligations that have initial 
non-cancelable lease terms exceeding one year, net of rental income of $3.4 million in 2007, $1.9 million in 2008, $1.7 million in 
2009, $1.4 million in 2010 and $0.4 million in 2011 are as follows.  

2007............................................................................................................................................. 
2008............................................................................................................................................. 
2009............................................................................................................................................. 
2010............................................................................................................................................. 
2011............................................................................................................................................. 
Thereafter .................................................................................................................................... 

$ 

 23,541  
24,384  
23,144  
22,477  
21,254  
138,049  

$ 

252,849  

Loss on subleased facilities. During the fourth quarter of 2004, we consolidated our New York City and Saddle Brook, 

New Jersey offices and relocated our employees into our new office facility. As a result of this decision, we vacated leased office 
facilities prior to the lease termination dates. We recorded a loss of $4.7 million within our corporate segment related to the 
abandoned facilities during the fourth quarter of 2004. This charge includes $0.7 million of asset impairments and $4.0 million 
representing the present value of the future lease payments related to the facilities we vacated net of estimated sublease income 
of $4.2 million. We calculated the present value of our future lease payments using a discount rate of about 8%. In August 2005, 

72 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
we entered into a 30-month sublease related to some space in our new office facility in New York City resulting in a loss of $0.9 
million. Sublease losses are classified as a component of selling, general and administrative expense and primarily represent the 
present value of the future lease payments related to the space we subleased net of estimated sublease income. During 2006, we 
made payments, net of sublease income, of about $0.5 million against the total lease loss liability. As of December 31, 2006, the 
balance of the liability for losses on abandoned and subleased facilities was $1.9 million. During 2005, we made payments, net of 
sublease income, of about $2.2 million against the total lease loss liability. As of December 31, 2005, the balance of the liability 
for losses on abandoned and subleased facilities was $2.4 million.  

Contingencies. We are subject to legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In management’s opinion, we 
believe we have adequate legal defenses and/or insurance coverage with respect to the eventuality of such actions. We do not 
believe any settlement or judgment would materially affect our financial position or results of operations.  

Litigation settlement (losses) gains, net. During 2006, 2005 and 2004 we reached settlement on various lawsuits. As a 

result, we recorded net losses of $0.2 million in 2006, $1.6 million in 2005 and net gains of $1.7 million in 2004.  

10. Income Taxes  

Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows.  

12/31/2006  

12/31/2005  

Asset  

Liability  

Asset  

Liability  

Current tax assets (liabilities) 

Allowance for doubtful accounts ......................................  
Accrued vacation and bonus.............................................  
Accrued sublease losses ...................................................  
Restricted stock .................................................................  
Other ..................................................................................  
Prepaid expenses ..............................................................  

$ 

3,054   $ 
4,471  
793  
1,113  
133  
—  

—   $ 
—  
—  
—  
—  
(1,171) 

1,389   $ 
3,766  
1,249  
904  
—  
—  

Total current tax assets (liabilities) .......................................  

9,564  

(1,171) 

7,308  

Long-term assets (liabilities) 

Property, equipment and capitalized software ................  
Deferred rent .....................................................................  
Share-based compensation ..............................................  
Forgivable notes receivable from employees ..................  
Foreign tax credits.............................................................  
Accrued special charges ...................................................  
Deferred compensation ....................................................  
Goodwill and other intangible asset amortization ...........  
Currency translation adjustment .......................................  

345  
5,383  
1,570  
2,720  
3,902  
5,131  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
(3,962) 
(72,070) 
(801) 

499  
4,940  
—  
764  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
(59) 
(845) 

(904) 

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
(173) 
(39,598) 
—  

Total long-term deferred tax assets (liabilities) ....................  

$ 

19,051   $ 

(76,833)  $ 

6,203   $ 

(39,771) 

Total deferred tax assets (liabilities).....................................  

$ 

(49,389) 

$ 

(27,164) 

We have $3.9 million of foreign tax credit carryforwards that start to expire in 2015.  

The components of the income tax provision from continuing operations are as follows.  

Current 

Federal........................................................................................... 
State............................................................................................... 
Foreign .......................................................................................... 

$ 

Deferred 

Federal........................................................................................... 
State............................................................................................... 
Foreign .......................................................................................... 

Year Ended December 31,  

2006  

2005  

2004  

23,986  
5,917  
3,385  

33,288  

2,282  
1,787  
(216) 

3,853  

$ 

24,915   $ 

6,708  
—  

31,623  

7,289  
1,907  
— 

9,196  

16,007  
5,755  
—  

21,762  

8,260  
1,155  
—  

9,415  

Income tax provision .....................................................................  

$ 

37,141  

$ 

40,819   $ 

31,177  

73 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our income tax provision from continuing operations resulted in effective tax rates that varied from the statutory federal 

income tax rate as follows.  

Federal income tax provision at statutory rate ..................................................  
State income taxes, net of federal benefit .........................................................  
Share-based compensation not deductible for tax purposes ...........................  
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes.........................................................  

$ 

27,708   $ 

34,016   $ 

4,932  
1,452  
3,049  

5,626  
—  
1,177  

25,919  
4,273  
—  
985  

$ 

37,141   $ 

40,819   $ 

31,177  

Year Ended December 31,  

2006  

2005  

2004  

11. Stockholders’ Equity  

Common stock. Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted for action by 

the stockholders and share equally, share for share, if dividends are declared on the common stock. In the event of any 
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company or upon the distribution of our assets, all assets and funds remaining after 
payment in full of our debts and liabilities, and after the payment of all liquidation preferences, if any, applicable to any 
outstanding preferred stock, would be divided and distributed among the holders of our common stock ratably. There are no 
redemption or sinking fund requirements applicable to shares of our common stock.  

Common stock repurchase program. In October 2003, our board of directors authorized a share repurchase program 

which is effective through December 31, 2007. The shares of common stock may be purchased through open market or privately 
negotiated transactions and will be funded with a combination of cash on hand, existing bank credit facilities or new credit 
facilities.  

On July 28, 2005, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement with an investment bank in connection with 
our convertible notes offering. Under that agreement, we purchased and retired 2.3 million shares of our common stock from the 
investment bank for an aggregate purchase price of $55.1 million, representing an initial purchase price of $24.04 per share plus 
transaction costs. The share purchase was funded using the proceeds received from the private placement of our convertible 
notes described in note 7. We recorded the stock purchase as a reduction to stockholders’ equity.  

As part of the accelerated share repurchase transaction, we simultaneously entered into a forward contract with the 

investment bank that matured on February 10, 2006. The objective of the forward contract was to minimize the impact on our 
share price volatility of the large repurchase of shares of our common stock on July 28, 2005. The investment bank borrowed the 
shares of common stock that were sold to us and replaced the borrowed shares with shares repurchased on the open market in 
smaller ratable purchases over the term of the forward contract thereby minimizing the market impact of the large block share 
repurchase. Under the terms of the forward contract, the investment bank purchased, in the open market, 2.3 million shares of 
our common stock during the term of the contract in order to fulfill its obligation related to the shares it borrowed from third 
parties and sold to us. On February 10, 2006, the investment bank had completed its acquisition of 2.3 million shares of our 
common stock at an average price of $27.03 per share. Upon the conclusion of the agreement, we were required to make a 
settlement payment of $6.8 million, which we elected to pay in cash.  

We accounted for the forward contract under the provisions of EITF Issue No. 00-19, “Accounting for Derivative Financial 

Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock,” as an equity instrument. As the fair value of the 
forward contract at inception was zero, no accounting for the forward contract was required until settlement, since the forward 
contract continued to meet the requirements for classification as an equity instrument. The amount paid to settle the contract 
was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital and reflected as a purchase of common stock within our statement of 
stockholders’ equity in 2006. In calculating diluted earnings per share, we assumed the accelerated stock repurchase would be 
settled through the issuance of additional shares of common stock. Accordingly, the estimated shares issuable based on the fair 
value of the forward contract at December 31, 2005 were included in the weighted average shares outstanding for the 
computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2005.  

In August 2005, we used an additional $70.3 million of the net proceeds received from the private placement of our 
convertible notes to purchase 2.9 million shares of our common stock. During 2005, we purchased and retired 6.1 million shares 
of our common stock for a total cost of about $148.1 million. During 2006, we purchased and retired 0.6 million shares of our 
common stock for a total cost of about $16.6 million. Since inception of the program, we purchased and retired a total of 
7.6 million shares of our common stock for a total of $186.2 million, including the $6.8 million we paid to settle the accelerated 
share repurchase agreement in February 2006, leaving $33.5 million available for purchase under the program. In February 2007, 
our board of directors increased the amount of cash we are authorized to spend on the share repurchase program from $33.5 
million available at the time to $50.0 million.  

74 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
12. Employee Benefit Plan  

We maintain a qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan, which covers substantially all of our U.S. employees. Under the 

plan, participants are entitled to make pre-tax contributions up to the annual maximums established by the Internal Revenue 
Service. We match a certain percentage of participant contributions pursuant to the terms of the plan, which are limited to a 
percent of the participant’s eligible compensation. The percentage match is at the discretion of our board of directors. We made 
contributions related to the plan of $5.5 million during 2006, $3.7 million during 2005 and $3.0 million during 2004.  

 13. Segment Reporting  

We manage our business in five reportable operating segments. Our reportable operating segments are managed separately 

and include our forensic/litigation, corporate finance/restructuring, economic, technology and strategic and financial 
communications consulting practices. Our strategic and financial communications consulting practice was formed as a result of 
our acquisition of FD in October 2006; therefore no segment results are presented for years prior to 2006.  

Our forensic/litigation consulting practice provides an extensive range of services to assist clients in all phases of 
investigation and litigation, including pre-filing, discovery, jury selection, trial preparation, expert testimony and other trial 
support services. Our graphics services at trial and technology and electronic evidence experts assist clients in preparing for and 
presenting their cases in court.  

Our corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice provides turnaround, performance improvement, lending 
solutions, financial and operational restructuring, restructuring advisory, mergers and acquisitions, transaction advisory and 
interim management services. We analyze, recommend and implement strategic alternatives for our corporate 
finance/restructuring clients, offering services such as interim management in turnaround situations, rightsizing infrastructure, 
assessing long-term enterprise viability and business strategy consulting.  

We deliver sophisticated economic analysis and modeling of issues arising in mergers and acquisitions and other complex 
commercial and securities litigation. Within our economic consulting practice, we provide our clients with analyses of complex 
economic issues for use in legal and regulatory proceedings, strategic decision-making and public policy debates. We are also in 
the business of advising on developing and implementing concrete strategies for driving revenue growth and profitability. Our 
statistical and economic experts help companies evaluate issues such as the economic impact of deregulation on a particular 
industry or the amount of commercial damages suffered by a business. Our professionals regularly provide expert testimony on 
damages, rates and prices, valuations, merger effects, intellectual property disputes in antitrust cases, regulatory proceedings 
and valuations.  

Our technology practice provides products, services and consulting to law firms, corporations and government agencies 

worldwide. Our principal business focuses on the collection, preservation, review and production of electronically stored 
information, or ESI. ESI can include e-mail, computer files, voicemail, instant messaging or transactional data stored on a 
computer. Our technology professionals combine industry leading software tools and domain experience to help our clients 
manage this information in a variety of litigation, investigation and arbitration related activities. Our repository services team 
provides a highly scalable, online litigation review environment using our Ringtail product suite. Our Ringtail products are also 
directly licensed to clients. Prior to 2006, we operated our technology practice as part of our forensic/litigation consulting 
segment.  

We manage FD which we acquired as of October 4, 2006, as our strategic and financial communications consulting 

practice. Through this segment we provide advice and consulting services related to financial communications, brand 
communications, public affairs and issues management and business consulting.  

We began to manage our technology practice as a separate reportable operating segment beginning in January 2006. We 

have presented estimated 2005 segment results to compare to our 2006 presentation in the table below. However, if our 
technology practice had been managed as a separate segment during 2005, our actual results may have differed significantly as 
items such as direct bonuses and allocations of selling, general and administrative expenses may have been computed differently.  

We evaluate the performance of our operating segments based on income before income taxes, net interest expense, 

depreciation, amortization, special charges and corporate selling, general and administrative expenses, which we refer to as 
segment profits. In general, our total assets, including long-lived assets such as property and equipment, and our capital 
expenditures are not specifically allocated to any particular segment. Accordingly, capital expenditure and total asset 
information by reportable segment is not presented. The reportable segments use the same accounting policies as those used by 
the company. There are no significant intercompany sales or transfers.  

Substantially all of our revenues are attributed to or are located in the United States. We do not have a single customer 

that represents ten percent or more of our consolidated revenues. As of December 31, 2006, our fixed assets located in the United 
States have a net book of $45.4 million. The net book value of our fixed assets located in foreign countries is $5.9 million as of 
December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2005, substantially all of our fixed assets were located in the United States.  

75 

 
  
The table below presents revenues, gross margin and segment profits for our current reportable segments for the two years 

in the period ended December 31, 2006.  

Forensic/ 
Litigation  

Corporate 
Finance/ 
Restructuring 

Economic  

Technology  

Strategic and 
Financial 
Communications 

Corporate  

Total  

Year Ended 

December 31, 
2006 

Revenues...............  $ 
Gross margin.........   
Segment profit 

193,287   $ 
89,196  

212,617   $ 
86,457  

144,091   $ 
55,608  

117,230   $ 
65,304  

40,708   $ 
22,336  

—   $ 
—  

707,933  
318,901  

(loss).................   

55,306  

51,514  

36,873  

46,965  

14,173  

(51,492) 

153,359  

Year Ended 

December 31, 
2005 

Revenues...............  $ 
Gross margin.........   
Segment profit 

157,263   $ 
73,457  

211,027   $ 
101,410  

108,398   $ 
38,926  

62,857   $ 
34,160  

—   $ 
—  

—   $ 
—  

539,545  
247,953  

(loss).................   

45,324  

70,008  

24,249  

25,001  

—  

(34,625) 

129,957  

For the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, the table below presents revenues, gross margin and segment 

profits as we reported our segment results prior to 2006.  

Forensic/ 
Litigation/ 
Technology  

Corporate 
Finance/ 
Restructuring 

Strategic and 
Financial 
Communications 

Economic  

Corporate  

Total  

Year ended December 31, 2006 
Revenues................................................  $ 
Gross margin..........................................   
Segment profit (loss)..............................   

Year ended December 31, 2005 
Revenues................................................  $ 
Gross margin..........................................   
Segment profit (loss)..............................   

Year ended December 31, 2004 
Revenues................................................  $ 
Gross margin..........................................   
Segment profit (loss)..............................   

310,517   $ 
154,500  
102,271  

212,617   $ 
86,457  
51,514  

144,091   $ 
55,608  
36,893  

40,708   $ 
22,336  
14,173  

—   $ 
—  
(51,492) 

707,933  
318,901  
153,339  

220,120   $ 
107,617  
70,325  

211,027   $ 
101,410  
70,008  

108,398   $ 
38,926  
24,249  

—   $ 
—  
—  

—   $ 
—  
(34,625) 

539,545  
247,953  
129,957  

178,650   $ 
83,177  
50,556  

162,495   $ 
77,618  
51,461  

85,860   $ 
31,240  
19,333  

—   $ 
—  
—  

—   $ 
—  
(25,260) 

427,005  
192,035  
96,090  

76 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The following table presents a reconciliation of segment profit to income before income tax provision.  

Year Ended December 31,  

2006  

2005  

2004  

Operating profit 

Total segment profit .........................................................  
Depreciation and amortization .........................................  
Special charges .................................................................  
Amortization of other intangible assets ...........................  
Interest and other expense, net .......................................  

$ 

153,339   $ 
(13,197) 
(22,972) 
(11,175) 
(26,830) 

129,957   $ 
(11,360) 
—  
(6,534) 
(14,876) 

96,090  
(9,113) 
—  
(6,836) 
(6,086) 

Income before income tax provision ....................................  

$ 

79,165   $ 

97,187   $ 

74,055  

For the year ended December 31, 2006, the detail of the special charges by segment is as follows:  

Forensic/Litigation......................................................................................................................... 
Corporate Finance/Restructuring ................................................................................................. 
Economic ....................................................................................................................................... 
Technology .................................................................................................................................... 
Strategic and Financial Communications ..................................................................................... 
Corporate ...................................................................................................................................... 

$ 

 9,890  
7,740  
4,148  
—  
—  
1,194  

Total Company ................................................................................................................... 

$ 

22,972  

14. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information  

Substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries are guarantors of borrowings under our senior notes and our convertible 

notes. The guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several. All of our guarantors are wholly-owned subsidiaries. See 
note 3 for a discussion of our significant acquisitions completed during 2006. There are no significant restrictions on our ability 
or the ability of any guarantor to obtain funds from our subsidiaries by dividend or loan.  

The following financial information presents condensed consolidating balance sheets, income statements and statements 
of cash flows for FTI Consulting, Inc., all guarantor subsidiaries, all non-guarantor subsidiaries and the eliminations necessary to 
arrive at the consolidated information for FTI Consulting, Inc. and its subsidiaries. For purposes of this presentation, we have 
accounted for our investments in our subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting. The principal eliminating entries 
eliminate investment in subsidiary and intercompany balances and transactions.  

77 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidating Balance Sheet Information as of December 31, 2006 

FTI 
Consulting, Inc.  

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Non-Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Eliminations  

Consolidated  

Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents ...................... 
Accounts receivable, net ......................... 
Intercompany receivables ....................... 
Other current assets ................................ 

Total current assets ..................  
Property and equipment, net.................. 
Goodwill................................................... 
Other intangible assets, net .................... 
Investments in subsidiaries...................... 
Other assets ............................................. 

$ 

70,010   $ 

3,592   $ 

107,349  
255,241  
20,723  

453,323  
41,693  
407,452  
5,104  
344,723  
57,325  

42,090  
—    
6,103  

51,785  
3,761  
232,562  
24,833  
288,510  
22,223  

18,321   $ 
21,658  
—    
5,103  

—     $ 
—    
(255,241) 
—    

45,082  
5,872  
245,697  
47,774  
1,896  
1,911  

(255,241) 
—    
—    
—    
(635,129) 
—    

91,923  
171,097  
—    
31,929  

294,949  
51,326  
885,711  
77,711  
—    
81,459  

Total assets ..............................  

$ 

1,309,620   $ 

623,674   $ 

348,232   $ 

(890,370)  $ 

1,391,156  

Liabilities 

Intercompany payables ........................... 
Other current liabilities............................ 

$ 

Total current liabilities .......... 
Long-term debt, net ................................ 
Other liabilities ........................................ 

Total liabilities ..........................  
Stockholders’ equity.....................................  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ 

—     $ 

128,750  

128,750  
563,441  
52,329  

744,520  
565,100  

227,281   $ 
24,847  

27,960   $ 
24,862  

(254,241)  $ 
—    

252,128  
—    
23,934  

276,062  
347,612  

52,822  
—    
7,893  

60,715  
287,517  

(254,241) 
—    
—    

(254,915) 
(635,129) 

—    
178,459  

178,459  
563,441  
84,156  

826,056  
565,100  

equity ............................................  

$ 

1,309,620   $ 

623,674   $ 

348,232   $ 

(890,370)  $ 

1,391,156  

Consolidating Balance Sheet Information as of December 31, 2005 

FTI 
Consulting, Inc.  

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Non-Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Eliminations  

Consolidated  

Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents ......................  $ 
Accounts receivable, net ......................... 
Intercompany receivables ....................... 
Other current assets ................................ 

Total current assets ..................  
Property and equipment, net.................. 
Goodwill................................................... 
Other intangible assets, net .................... 
Investments in subsidiaries...................... 
Other assets ............................................. 

151,250   $ 

142   $ 

98,680  
—    
13,066  

262,996  
26,520  
399,522  
3,590  
241,862  
22,318  

28,459  
24,890  
2,386  

55,877  
2,322  
177,090  
17,864  
—    
11,634  

1,991   $ 
349  
—    
1,812  

—     $ 
—    
(24,890) 
—    

4,152  
460  
—    
—    
—    
9  

(24,890) 
—    
—    
—    
(241,862) 
—    

153,383  
127,488  
—    
17,264  

298,135  
29,302  
576,612  
21,454  
—    
33,961  

Total assets ..............................   $ 

956,808   $ 

264,787   $ 

4,621   $ 

(266,752)  $ 

959,464  

Liabilities 

Intercompany payables ...........................  $ 
Other current liabilities............................ 

24,018   $ 
81,427  

Total current liabilities..............  
Long-term debt, net ................................ 
Other liabilities ........................................ 

Total liabilities ..........................  
Stockholders’ equity.....................................  

Total liabilities and stockholders’  

105,445  
348,431  
48,663  

502,539  
454,269  

—     $ 

23,074  

23,074  
—    
3,174  

26,248  
238,539  

872   $ 
426  

(24,890)  $ 
—    

1,298  
—    
—    

1,298  
3,323  

(24,890) 
—    
—    

(24,890) 
(241,862) 

—    
104,927  

104,927  
348,431  
51,837  

505,195  
454,269  

equity ............................................   $ 

956,808   $ 

264,787   $ 

4,621   $ 

(266,752)  $ 

959,464  

78 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidating Statement of Income Information for the Year Ended December 31, 2006 

Revenues ......................................................  
Operating expenses 

Direct cost of revenues ...........................  
Selling, general and administrative 

expense .............................................  
Special charges .......................................  
Amortization of other intangible assets .  

Operating income ........................................  
Other income (expense) ...............................  

Income before income tax (provision) benefit
................................................................  
Income tax (provision) benefit ......................  
Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries and 

affiliate ....................................................  

FTI 
Consulting, Inc.  

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Non-Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Eliminations  

Consolidated  

$ 

478,160   $ 

187,952   $ 

41,821   $ 

—     $ 

707,933  

259,763  

100,583  

28,686  

140,809  
14,992  
1,865  

60,731  
(26,522) 

34,209  
(18,714) 

27,943  
1,082  
8,449  

49,895  
(507) 

49,388  
(20,221) 

9,820  
6,898  
861  

(4,444) 
(72) 

(4,516) 
1,794  

—    

—    
—    
—    

—    
—    

—    
—    

389,032  

178,572  
22,972  
11,175  

106,182  
(27,101) 

79,081  
(37,141) 

26,529  

6,118  

1,980  

(34,543) 

84  

Net income (loss)..........................................  

$ 

42,024   $ 

35,285   $ 

(742)  $ 

(34,543)  $ 

42,024  

Consolidating Statement of Income Information for the Year Ended December 31, 2005 

Revenues ......................................................  
Operating expenses 

Direct cost of revenues ...........................  
Selling, general and administrative 

expense .............................................  
Amortization of other intangible assets .  

Operating income ........................................  
Other income (expense) ...............................  

Income before income tax (provision) benefit
................................................................  
Income tax (provision) benefit ......................  
Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries ...........  

FTI 
Consulting, Inc.  

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Non-Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Eliminations  

Consolidated  

$ 

410,958   $ 

123,950   $ 

4,637   $ 

—     $ 

539,545  

216,032  

71,732  

108,039  
1,569  

85,318  
(16,481) 

68,837  
(29,276) 
16,807  

18,051  
4,965  

29,202  
(12) 

29,190  
(11,857) 
—    

3,828  

1,637  
—    

(828) 
(12) 

(840) 
314  
—    

—    

—    
—    

—    
—    

—    
—    
(16,807) 

291,592  

127,727  
6,534  

113,692  
(16,505) 

97,187  
(40,819) 
—    

Net income (loss)..........................................  

$ 

56,368   $ 

17,333   $ 

(526)  $ 

(16,807)  $ 

56,368  

Consolidating Statement of Income Information for the Year Ended December 31, 2004 

Revenues ......................................................  
Operating expenses 

Direct cost of revenues ...........................  
Selling, general and administrative 

expense .............................................  
Amortization of other intangible assets .  

Operating income ........................................  
Other income (expense) ...............................  

Income before income tax provision.............  
Income tax provision ....................................  
Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries ...........  

FTI 
Consulting, Inc.  

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Non-Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Eliminations  

Consolidated  

$ 

347,269   $ 

77,252   $ 

2,484   $ 

—     $ 

427,005  

185,230  

47,488  

2,252  

93,663  
4,468  

63,908  
(4,392) 

59,516  
(24,994) 
8,356  

12,150  
2,368  

15,246  
(22) 

15,224  
(6,183) 
—    

917  
—    

(685) 
—    

(685) 
—    
—    

—    

—    
—    

—    
—    

—    
—    
(8,356) 

234,970  

106,730  
6,836  

78,469  
(4,414) 

74,055  
(31,177) 
—    

Net income (loss)..........................................  

$ 

42,878   $ 

9,041   $ 

(685)  $ 

(8,356)  $ 

42,878  

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flow Information for the Year Ended December 31, 2006 

Operating activities 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities........ 

$ 

39,516   $ 

37,077   $ 

(12,627)  $ 

63,966  

FTI 
Consulting, Inc.  

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Non-Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Consolidated  

Investing activities 

Payments for acquisition of businesses, net of cash 

received ....................................................................... 
Purchases of property and equipment and other ........... 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities ... 

Financing activities 

Issuance of debt securities ............................................... 
Payments of long-term debt ............................................ 
Purchase and retirement of common stock..................... 
Intercompany transfers..................................................... 
Other ................................................................................. 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ... 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash .................. 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents .........  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ....................  

(293,228) 
(26,710) 

(319,938) 

215,000  
(25,476) 
(23,376) 
29,418  
3,616  

199,182  

—    

(81,240) 
151,250  

386  
(2,801) 

(2,415) 

—    
—    
—    
(31,212) 
—    

(31,212) 

—    

3,450  
142  

25,510  
(542) 

24,968  

—    
—    
—    
1,794  
—    

1,794  

2,195  

16,330  
1,991  

(267,332) 
(30,053) 

(297,385) 

215,000  
(25,476) 
(23,376) 
—    
3,616  

169,764  

2,195  

(61,460) 
153,383  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ..............................  

$ 

70,010   $ 

3,592   $ 

18,321   $ 

91,923  

Conso lid ating Statement of Cash Flow Infor mat ion for the Year Ended December 31, 2005 

Operating activities 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities........ 

$ 

85,767   $ 

16,249   $ 

(2,637)  $ 

99,379  

FTI 
Consulting, Inc.  

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Non-Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Consolidated  

Investing activities 

Payments for acquisition of businesses, net of cash 

received ....................................................................... 
Purchases of property and equipment and other ........... 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities ... 

Financing activities 

Issuance of debt securities ............................................... 
Payments of long-term debt ............................................ 
Purchase and retirement of common stock..................... 
Capital contributions from parent.................................... 
Intercompany transfers..................................................... 
Other ................................................................................. 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ... 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ..........................  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ....................  

(55,366) 
(10,940) 

(66,306) 

350,000  
(155,000) 
(148,050) 
(3,216) 
17,197  
46,208  

107,139  

126,600  
24,650  

3,184  
(1,227) 

1,957  

—    
—    
—    
—    
(18,069) 
—    

(18,069) 

137  
5  

—    
(509) 

(509) 

—    
—    
—    
3,216  
872  
—    

4,088  

942  
1,049  

(52,182) 
(12,676) 

(64,858) 

350,000  
(155,000) 
(148,050) 
—    
—    
46,208  

93,158  

127,679  
25,704  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year..............................  

$ 

151,250   $ 

142   $ 

1,991   $ 

153,383  

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flow Information for the Year Ended December 31, 2004 

Operating activities 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ..................  

Investing activities 

Payments for acquisition of businesses, net of cash 

received ......................................................................  
Purchases of property and equipment and other ..........  

Net cash used in investing activities..........................  

Financing activities 

Payments of long-term debt ...........................................  
Purchase and retirement of common stock ....................  
Capital contributions from parent ...................................  
Intercompany transfers ....................................................  
Other ................................................................................  

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities...  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .........  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ....................  

FTI 
Consulting, Inc.  

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Non-Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Consolidated  

$ 

48,326   $ 

10,994   $ 

(877)  $ 

58,443  

(445) 
(12,469) 

(12,914) 

(16,250) 
(10,810) 
(1,525) 
10,304  
2,249  

(16,032) 

19,380  
5,270  

—    
(764) 

(764) 

—    
—    
—    
(10,232) 
—    

(10,232) 

(2) 
7  

—    
(15) 

(15) 

—    
—    
1,525  
(72) 
—    

1,453  

561  
488  

(1,253) 
(12,440) 

(13,693) 

(16,250) 
(10,810) 
—    
—    
(2,249) 

(24,811) 

19,939  
5,765  

25,704  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ..............................  

$ 

24,650   $ 

5   $ 

1,049   $ 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
15. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)  

March 31  

June 30  

September 30  

December 31  

Quarter Ended  

2006 

Revenues........................................................................................ 
Direct cost of revenues.................................................................. 
Other operating expenses ............................................................ 

Operating income ......................................................................... 
Interest expense, net ..................................................................... 
Litigation settlement (losses) gains, net........................................ 

Income before income tax provision ............................................ 
Income tax provision ..................................................................... 

Net income (loss) ........................................................................... 

Earnings per common share — basic ..............................................  

Earnings per common share — diluted ...........................................  

Weighted average common shares outstanding 

Basic ............................................................................................... 

Diluted ........................................................................................... 

2005 

Revenues........................................................................................ 
Direct cost of revenues.................................................................. 
Other operating expenses ............................................................ 

Operating income ......................................................................... 
Interest expense, net ..................................................................... 
Litigation settlement (losses) gains, net........................................ 

Income before income tax provision ............................................ 
Income tax provision ..................................................................... 

Net income .................................................................................... 

Earnings per common share — basic ..............................................  

Earnings per common share — diluted ...........................................  

Weighted average common shares outstanding 

Basic ............................................................................................... 

Diluted ........................................................................................... 

$ 

169,264   $ 

159,760   $ 

162,068   $ 

95,259  
46,180  

27,825  
(4,962) 
(264) 

22,599  
10,312  

90,083  
41,415  

28,262  
(5,451) 
(5) 

22,806  
10,139  

91,554  
65,234  

5,280  
(5,692) 
688  

276  
562  

$ 

$ 

$ 

12,287   $ 

12,667   $ 

(286)  $ 

0.31   $ 

0.32   $ 

(0.01)  $ 

0.31   $ 

0.32   $ 

(0.01)  $ 

39,326  

40,243  

39,114  

39,885  

39,326  

39,326  

$ 

116,614   $ 

123,917   $ 

133,189   $ 

64,345  
28,902  

23,367  
(1,555) 
(304) 

21,508  
9,033  

65,192  
30,898  

27,827  
(2,310) 
(708) 

24,809  
10,420  

73,341  
34,539  

25,309  
(6,014) 
21  

19,316  
8,113  

$ 

$ 

$ 

12,475   $ 

14,389   $ 

11,203   $ 

0.29   $ 

0.34   $ 

0.29   $ 

0.33   $ 

0.28   $ 

0.27   $ 

42,319  

42,741  

42,808  

43,326  

40,177  

41,170  

216,841  
112,136  
59,890  

44,815  
(10,725) 
(606) 

33,484  
16,128  

17,356  

0.43  

0.42  

40,574  

41,392  

165,825  
88,714  
39,922  

37,189  
(4,997) 
(638) 

31,554  
13,253  

18,301  

0.47  

0.46  

38,537  

39,959  

The sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts may not equal the annual amounts due to changes in the weighted-

average number of common shares outstanding during each quarterly period.  

Revenues. In December 2005, we received a $22.5 million success fee in connection with the resolution of a legal case 

involving a bankrupt estate for which we served as fiduciary for several years. Professionals services related to the success fee 
were performed prior to 2005, but because of significant contingencies surrounding the ultimate resolution of the matter, 
collection of the fees could not be reasonably assured. We used about $13 million of the proceeds to compensate professionals 
primarily in the corporate finance/restructuring consulting practice who participated in the assignment and to provide incentive 
compensation for other employees. This amount was recorded as accrued compensation in our consolidated balance sheet as of 
December 31, 2005.  

82 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE  

None  

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

An evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in 

Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K was made under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Based upon this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have 
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (a) are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us 
in reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act is timely recorded, processed, summarized and reported and 
(b) include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in 
reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including 
our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and 

Supplementary Data.”  

 Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended 

December 31, 2006 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial 
reporting.  

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION  

None.  

83 

 
  
PART III  

Certain information required in Part III is omitted from this report, but is incorporated herein by reference from our 

definitive proxy statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days after the end of our fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2006, pursuant to Regulation 14A with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

The information contained in our proxy statement under the captions “Information About the Board of Directors and 

Committees,” “Corporate Governance,” “Executive Officers and Compensation,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership 
Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein by reference.  

We have adopted the FTI Consulting, Inc. Policy on Ethics and Business Conduct, or Code of Ethics, which applies to our 

Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Controller and our other financial 
professionals, as well as our Chief Operating Officer, Chief Legal and Risk Officer and our other officers, directors, employees and 
independent contractors. The Code of Ethics is publicly available on our website at 
http://www.fticonsulting.com/web/about/governance.html. If we make any substantive amendments to the Code of Ethics or 
grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Ethics to our Chairman of the Board, President, 
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Controller or persons performing similar 
functions, other executive officers or directors, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on that website or in a 
report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities Exchange Commission. We will provide printed copies of our Corporate Governance 
documents, including, without limitation, our Corporate Governance Guidelines, the Charters of the Committees of our Board 
and our Code of Ethics, to any person, without charge, upon request to our Corporate Secretary, FTI Consulting, Inc., 500 East 
Pratt Street, Suite 1400, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, telephone number (410) 951-4800.  

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

The information contained in our proxy statement under the caption “Executive Officers and Compensation” is 

incorporated herein by reference.  

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  

The information contained in our proxy statement under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners 

and Management” and this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Part II—Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common 
Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity 
Compensation Plans” is incorporated herein by reference.  

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  

The information contained in our proxy statement under the caption “Executive Officers and Compensation — Certain 

Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Information About the Board of Directors and Committees” and “Corporate 
Governance” is incorporated herein by reference.  

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES  

The information contained in our proxy statement under the caption “Auditor Services” is incorporated herein by 

reference.  

84 

 
  
ITEM 15.     EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE  

PART IV  

(a)  

(1)  The following financial statements are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

   Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Consolidated Financial Statements 

Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2006 and 2005 

Consolidated Statements of Income — Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity — Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 

   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(2)  The following financial statement schedule is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

All schedules, other than the schedule listed above, are omitted as the information is not required or is 
otherwise furnished. 

85 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
FTI CONSULTING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS  
(in thousands)  

Description 

Year Ended December 31, 2006 

Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts: 

Allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled 

Additions  

Balance 
at 
Beginning 
of Period 

Charged 
to 
Expense 

Charged 
to Other 
Accounts*  

Deductions**  

Balance 
at End of 
Period 

services ................................................................ 

$ 

17,330   $ 

8,570   $ 

3,494   $ 

9,043   $ 

20,351  

Year Ended December 31, 2005 

Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts: 

Allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled 

services ................................................................ 

$ 

16,693   $ 

5,482   $ 

27   $ 

4,872   $ 

17,330  

Year Ended December 31, 2004 

Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts: 

Allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled 

services ................................................................ 

$ 

20,045   $ 

7,062   $ 

523   $ 

10,937   $ 

16,693  

* 

** 

Includes (1) allowance recorded upon acquisitions, net of dispositions and adjustments to purchase price allocations and 
(2) provision for unbilled services recorded as a reduction to revenues as it relates to fee adjustments and other 
discretionary pricing adjustments.  
Includes (1) direct write-offs of uncollectible and unrealizable accounts receivable and (2) recoveries of billed accounts 
receivable and fee adjustments not previously written off.  

(3) List of exhibits filed with this Annual Report or previously filed as indicated and incorporated herein by reference.  

Exhibit 
Number 

Description of Exhibits 

1.1**  Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and the Initial 

Purchasers named therein, relating to the Senior Notes. (Filed with the SEC on August 3, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 28, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference). 

1.2**  Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and the Initial 
Purchasers named therein, relating to the Convertible Notes. (Filed with the SEC on August 3, 2005 as an exhibit 
to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 28, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference). 

1.3**  Purchase Agreement dated September 27, 2006, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., the Guarantors named therein 

and the Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the Senior Notes. (Filed with the SEC, on October 3, 2006 as 
exhibit 1.1 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A (Amendment No. 2) dated September 27, 2006 
and incorporated herein by reference.) 

2.1**  Agreement for the Purchase and Sale of Assets dated as of July 24, 2002, by and between PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP and FTI Consulting, Inc. FTI Consulting shall provide omitted exhibits and schedules to the Securities and 
Exchange Commission upon its request. (Filed with the SEC on July 26, 2002 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 24, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

2.2**  LLC Membership Interests Purchase Agreement dated as of January 31, 2000, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., 
and Michael Policano and Robert Manzo (schedules and exhibits omitted). FTI Consulting shall provide omitted 
exhibits and schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request. (Filed with the SEC on 
February 15, 2000 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 4, 2000 and 
incorporated herein by reference.) 

2.3**  Asset Purchase Agreement dated October 22, 2003, by and among KPMG LLP, DAS Business LLC and FTI 

Consulting, Inc. FTI Consulting shall provide omitted exhibits and schedules to the Securities and Exchange 
Commission upon its request. (Filed with the SEC on November 14, 2003 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 3, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

86 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

Description of Exhibits 

2.4**  Asset Purchase Agreement dated September 25, 2003, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., LI Acquisition Company, 

LLC, Nextera Enterprises, Inc., Lexecon Inc., CE Acquisition Corp. and ERG Acquisition Corp. FTI Consulting shall 
provide omitted exhibits and schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request. (Filed with 
the SEC on October 2, 2003 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 25, 
2003 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

2.5**   Asset Purchase Agreement dated February 16, 2005, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., FTI, LLC, FTI Repository 
Services, LLC, FTI Consulting Ltd., FTI Australia Pty Ltd, Edward J. O’Brien and Christopher R. Priestley, Messrs. 
Edward J. O’Brien and Christopher R. Priestley trading as the Ringtail Suite Partnership, Ringtail Solutions Pty Ltd, 
on its behalf and as trustee for Ringtail Unit Trust, Ringtail Solutions, Inc. and Ringtail Solutions Limited. FTI 
Consulting shall provide omitted exhibits and schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its 
request. (Filed with the SEC on February 23, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-
K dated February 16, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

2.6**   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2005, by and among Cambio Health Solutions, LLC, Cambio 
Partners, LLC, each of the individuals named in Exhibit A thereto that becomes a party thereto prior to the 
Closing (as defined therein) by executing a joinder agreement on or after the date thereof, FTI Consulting, Inc, 
FTI, LLC, FTI Cambio LLC, and the Seller Representative (as defined therein). (Filed with the SEC on May 24, 2005 as 
an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 23, 2005 and incorporated herein by 
reference.) 

2.7**   Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2005, by and among FTI Compass, LLC, a Maryland limited liability 

company, FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation, FTI, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, 
Competition Policy Associates, Inc., a District of Columbia corporation (the “Company”), and the stockholders of 
the Company listed on Schedule I thereto. (Filed with the SEC on November 19, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 22, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein). 

2.8   Form of Irrevocable Undertaking entered into by Controlling Shareholder Group of FD International (Holdings) 

Limited. (Filed with the SEC on October 10, 2006 as exhibit 10.2 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-
K dated October 3, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

2.9   Form of Irrevocable Undertaking entered into by Executive Officers of FD International (Holdings) Limited. (Filed 
with the SEC on October 10, 2006 as exhibit 10.3 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
October 3, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

2.10   Form of Irrevocable Undertaking entered into by Other Shareholders of FD International (Holdings) Limited. (Filed 
with the SEC on October 10, 2006 as exhibit 10.4 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
October 3, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

2.11   Warranty Deed dated as of September 11, 2006 between FTI FD LLC and the Warrantors named therein. (Filed with 
the SEC on October 10, 2006 as exhibit 10.6 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 3, 
2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

3.1   Articles of Incorporation of FTI Consulting, Inc., as amended and restated. (Filed with the SEC on May 23, 2003 as 

an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 21, 2003 and incorporated herein by 
reference.) 

3.2   By-laws of FTI Consulting, Inc., as amended and restated through September 17, 2004. (Filed with the SEC on 
November 9, 2004 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

4.1   Indenture dated August 2, 2005 among FTI Consulting, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust 
Company, as trustee, relating to the senior notes. (Filed with the SEC on August 3, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 28, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

4.2   Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust 

Company, as trustee, relating to the convertible notes. (Filed with the SEC on August 3, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 28, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

87 

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Exhibit 
Number 

Description of Exhibits 

4.3   Form of Note (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1) (Filed with the SEC on August 3, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 28, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

4.4   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005, among FTI Consulting, Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and 
Banc of America Securities LLC. (Filed with the SEC on August 3, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated July 28, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

4.5   First Supplemental Indenture relating to the senior notes, dated as of December 16, 2005, by and among FTI 

Consulting, Inc., the guarantors names therein, FTI Compass, LLC, FTI Investigations, LLC and Wilmington Trust 
Company, as trustee, to the Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., the 
guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, relating to the senior notes. (Filed with the 
SEC on January 13, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Amendment no. 1 to its Registration Statement on 
Form S-3 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

4.6   First Supplemental Indenture relating to the convertible notes, dated as of December 16, 2005, by and among FTI 

Consulting, Inc., the guarantors names therein, FTI Compass, LLC, FTI Investigations, LLC and Wilmington Trust 
Company, as trustee, to the Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., the 
guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, relating to the convertible notes. (Filed with 
the SEC on January 13, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Amendment no. 1 to its Registration Statement on 
Form S-3 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

4.7   Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 22, 2006, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., the guarantors 
named therein, Competition Policy Associates, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, to the Indenture, 
dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust 
Company as trustee. (Filed with the SEC on February 24, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Post-Effective 
Amendment no. 2 to its Registration Statement on Form S-3 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

4.8   Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 22, 2006 relating to 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2013, by and 
among FTI Consulting, Inc., Competition Policy Associates, Inc., District of Columbia corporation, the other 
guarantors named therein, and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, to the Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, 
by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, as 
amended and supplemented from time to time. (Filed with the SEC on November 9, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 and incorporated herein 
by reference.) 

4.9   Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 15, 2006 relating to 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2013, by and 
among FTI Consulting, Inc., FTI International Risk, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, International Risk 
Limited, a Delaware corporation, the other guarantors named therein, and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, 
to the Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., the guarantors named therein and 
Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, as amended and supplemented from time to time. (Filed with the SEC on 
November 9, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
September 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

88 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Exhibit 
Number 

Description of Exhibits 

4.10   Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 15, 2006 relating to 3 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated 

Notes due July 15, 2012, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., FTI International Risk, LLC, a Maryland limited liability 
company, International Risk Limited, a Delaware corporation, the other guarantors named therein, and Wilmington 
Trust Company, as trustee, to the Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., the 
guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, as amended and supplemented from time to 
time. (Filed with the SEC on November 9, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

4.11   Indenture dated as of October 3, 2006, relating to the 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016, by and among FTI Consulting, 
Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. (Filed with the SEC on October 10, 
2006 as exhibit 4.1 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 3, 2006 and incorporated 
herein by reference.) 

4.12   Form of Note relating to 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016. (Filed with the SEC on October 10, 2006 as exhibit A to 

exhibit 4.1 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 3, 2006 and incorporated herein by 
reference.) 

4.13   Form of Put and Call Option Agreement. (Filed with the SEC on October 10, 2006 as exhibit 4.2 to FTI Consulting, 

Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 3, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

4.14   Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 7, 2006 relating to 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2013, by and 

among FTI Consulting, Inc., FTI FD LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, FTI BKS Acquisition LLC, a Maryland 
limited liability company, the other guarantors named therein, and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, to the 
Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., the guarantors named therein and 
Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, as amended and supplemented from time to time. (Filed with the SEC on 
December 15, 2006 as exhibit 4.14 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-139407) 
and incorporated herein by reference.) 

4.15   Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 7, 2006 relating to 3 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated 

Notes due July 15, 2012, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., FTI FD LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, FTI BKS 
Acquisition LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, the other guarantors named therein, and Wilmington Trust 
Company, as trustee, to the Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., the 
guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, as amended and supplemented from time to 
time. (Filed with the SEC on December 15, 2006 as exhibit 4.15 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-4 (File No. 333-139407) and incorporated herein by reference.) 

4.16   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 11, 2006 relating to the 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016, by and 
among FTI Consulting, Inc., FD US Communications Inc., a New York corporation, FD MWA Holdings, Inc., a 
Delaware corporation, Dittus Communications Inc., a District of Columbia corporation, International Risk Limited, a 
Delaware Corporation, FTI Holder LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, the other guarantors named therein, 
and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, to the Indenture, dated as of October 3, 2006, by and among FTI 
Consulting, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, as amended and 
supplemented from time to time. (Filed with the SEC on December 15, 2006 as exhibit 4.16 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-139407) and incorporated herein by reference.) 

89 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Exhibit 
Number 

Description of Exhibits 

4.17   Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 7, 2006 relating to 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2013, by and among 
FTI Consulting, Inc., FD US Communications Inc., a New York corporation, FD MWA Holdings, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation, Dittus Communications Inc., a District of Columbia corporation, FTI Holder LLC, a Maryland limited 
liability company, the other guarantors named therein, and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, to the 
Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., the guarantors named therein and 
Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, as amended and supplemented from time to time. (Filed with the SEC on 
December 15, 2006 as exhibit 4.17 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-139407) 
and incorporated herein by reference.) 

4.18   Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 7, 2006 relating to 3 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated 

Notes due 2012, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., FD US Communications Inc., a New York corporation, FD MWA 
Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Dittus Communications Inc., a District of Columbia corporation, FTI Holder 
LLC, a Maryland limited liability company the other guarantors named therein, and Wilmington Trust Company, as 
trustee, to the Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., the guarantors named 
therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, as amended and supplemented from time to time. (Filed with the 
SEC on December 15, 2006 as exhibit 4.18 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-
139407) and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.1*   1992 Stock Option Plan, as amended. (Filed as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form SB-

1, as amended (File No. 333-2002) and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.2*   1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended. (Filed with the SEC on April 10, 2002 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s 

Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.3*   Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended. (Filed as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on 

Form S-8 (File No. 333-115786) filed with the SEC on May 24, 2004, which was incorporated by reference as an exhibit 
to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on April 7, 2004 and 
incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.4*   Employment Agreement dated as of November 5, 2002, between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV. (Filed with 
the SEC on March 27, 2003 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.5*   Employment Agreement dated as of November 5, 2002, between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Stewart J. Kahn. (Filed with 

the SEC on March 27, 2003 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.6*   Employment Agreement dated as of November 5, 2002, between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Theodore I. Pincus. (Filed 

with the SEC on March 27, 2003 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.7**   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2003, among FTI Consulting, Inc. and its 

subsidiaries named therein and Bank of America, N.A, as administrative agent and the other lenders named therein. 
(Filed with the SEC on December 12, 2003 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
November 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

90 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Exhibit 
Number 

Description of Exhibits 

10.8**   First Amendment dated as of April 19, 2005, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated November 28, 

2003, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation, the Guarantors identified on the signature pages, 
the Lenders identified on the signature pages, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent. Exhibits, 
schedules (or similar attachments) to the Credit Agreement are not filed. FTI Consulting Inc. will furnish 
supplementally a copy of any omitted exhibit or schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. 
(Filed with the SEC on April 22, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 
19, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.9**   Second Amendment, dated as of August 2, 2005, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of 

November 28, 2003, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative 
agent, and the lenders named therein. (Filed with the SEC on August 3, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 28, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.10   Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2003, among the pledgors named therein and 
Bank of America, N.A, as Administrative Agent. (Filed with the SEC on December 12, 2003 as an exhibit to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.11   Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2003, among the grantors named therein and 
Bank of America, N.A, as Administrative Agent. (Filed with the SEC on December 12, 2003 as an exhibit to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.12   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002, by and between FTI Consulting, Inc., 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and the other signatories thereto. (Filed with the SEC on September 13, 2002 as an 
exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 30, 2002 and incorporated herein by 
reference.) 

10.13   Transition Services Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002, by and between PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and FTI 

Consulting, Inc. (Filed with the SEC on September 13, 2002 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K dated August 30, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.14*   Employment Agreement dated September 20, 2004 between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dennis J. Shaughnessy. (Filed 

with the SEC on November 9, 2004 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference. 

10.15*   Restricted Stock Agreement between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dennis J. Shaughnessy dated October 18, 2004. (Filed 

with the SEC on November 9, 2004 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.16*   Incentive Stock Option Agreement between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dennis J. Shaughnessy dated October 18, 2004. 

(Filed with the SEC on November 9, 2004 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended September 30, 2004 filed and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.17*   Amendment dated September 23, 2004 to the Employment Agreement dated November 5, 2002 between FTI 

Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV. (Filed with the SEC as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 filed with the SEC on November 9, 2004 and incorporated 
herein by reference.) 

91 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Exhibit 
Number 

Description of Exhibits 

10.18*  Restricted Stock Agreement between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV, dated September 23, 2004. (Filed 
with the SEC on November 9, 2004 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.19*  Employment Agreement dated as of November 1, 2005 between Dominic DiNapoli and FTI Consulting, Inc. (Filed 

with the SEC on November 2, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
November 1, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.20*  Restricted Stock Agreement between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dominic DiNapoli, dated as of November 1, 2005. 

(Filed with the SEC on November 2, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
November 1, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.21*  Incentive Stock Option Agreement between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dominic DiNapoli, dated as of November 1, 
2005. (Filed with the SEC on November 2, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K 
dated November 1, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.22*  FTI Consulting, Inc. Performance-Based Incentive Compensation Plan. (Filed with the SEC on December 1, 2004 as an 

exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 1, 2004 and incorporated herein by 
reference.) 

10.23*  FTI Consulting, Inc. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated as of April 27, 2005. (Filed with the 

SEC on May 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2005 and 
incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.24*  Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement used with 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Filed with the SEC on 

November 9, 2004 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.25*  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement used with 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended. (Filed with the SEC on 

November 9, 2004 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.26*  Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement used with 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended. (Filed with the SEC on 

February 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 28, 2005 and 
incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.27*  Incentive Stock Option Agreement between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV, dated as of October 28, 2004. 

(Filed with the SEC on February 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
October 28, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.28*  Incentive Stock Option Agreement between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV, dated as of February 17, 

2005. (Filed with the SEC on February 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K 
dated October 28, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.29*  Written Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation approved by the Board of Directors of FTI Consulting, 
Inc. on April 27, 2005. (Filed with the SEC on May 3, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K dated April 27, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.30*  FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan, established effective April 27, 2005. (Filed with the 

SEC on May 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2005 and 
incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.31*  Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan Stock Option Agreement. (Filed with the 

SEC on May 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2005 and 
incorporated herein by reference.) 

92 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Exhibit 
Number 

Description of Exhibits 

10.32*  Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Agreement. (Filed with the 

SEC on May 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2005 and 
incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.33*  Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan Stock Unit Agreement. (Filed with the SEC 
on May 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2005 and 
incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.34*  FTI Consulting, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan, Amended and Restated Effective October 25, 2005. (Filed with 
the SEC on October 28, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 25, 
2005 and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.35*  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement used with 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Filed with the SEC on 
January 13, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A and incorporated 
herein by reference). 

10.36*  Restricted Stock Agreement between FTI Consulting, Inc. and John A. MacColl dated as of January 9, 2006. (Filed 
with the SEC on January 13, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A and 
incorporated herein by reference). 

10.37*  Amendment No. 1 dated as of January 9, 2006, to the Employment Agreement dated as of March 31, 2004 between 

FTI Consulting, Inc. and Barry S. Kaufman (Filed with the SEC on January 12, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, 
Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 9, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.38*  Stock Option Agreement between FTI Consulting, Inc. and John A. MacColl dated as of January 9, 2006. (Filed with 

the SEC on March 7, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.39*  Third Amendment dated as of February 24, 2006, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of 

November 28, 2003, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation, the Guarantors identified on the 
signature pages, the Lenders identified on the signature pages, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent. 
(Filed with the SEC on March 6, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 
6, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.40*  Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement dated as of November 2, 2002, made and entered into as of the 21st 

day of March, 2006, by and between FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation with its principal executive 
office in Baltimore, Maryland, and Theodore I. Pincus. (Filed with the SEC on March 21, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 21, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.41*  Amendment to FTI Consulting, Inc. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated effective April 27, 

2005. (Filed with the SEC on March 31, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
March 31, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.42*  Amendment dated as of June 6, 2006 to the FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan. (Filed 
with the SEC on June 7, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 7, 2006 
and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.43*  Amendment dated as of June 6, 2006 to the FTI Consulting, Inc. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as Amended and 

Restated Effective as of April 27, 2005, as further amended. (Filed with the SEC on June 7, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 7, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.44*  FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan (Filed with the SEC, on June 6, 2006 as exhibit 4.3 to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-134789) and incorporated herein by reference.) 

93 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Exhibit 
Number 

10.45* 

Description of Exhibits 

Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan Incentive Stock Option Agreement Plan (Filed 
with the SEC on June 6, 2006 as exhibit 99.1 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-
134789) and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.46* 

Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement (Filed with the SEC 
on June 6, 2006 as exhibit 99.2 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-134789) and 
incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.47* 

FTI Consulting, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors (Filed with the 
SEC on April 28, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and 
incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.48* 

Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan For Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors 
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (Filed with the SEC on June 6, 2006 as exhibit 99.1 to 
FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-134790) and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.49* 

Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan For Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors Stock 
Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors. (Filed with the SEC on June 6, 2006 as exhibit 99.2 to FTI Consulting, 
Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-134790) and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.50* 

FTI Consulting, Inc. 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. (Filed with the SEC on April 28, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.51*  Offer Letter dated January 9, 2006 to and accepted by John A. MacColl (Filed with the SEC on June 9, 2006 as 

exhibit 10.1 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 6, 2006 and incorporated herein by 
reference.) 

10.52*  Offer Letter dated May 17, 2005 to and accepted by David G. Bannister (Filed with the SEC on June 9, 2006 as 

exhibit 10.2 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 6, 2006 and incorporated herein by 
reference.) 

10.53**  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement entered into as of September 29, 2006, among FTI Consulting, Inc., a 

Maryland corporation, the Guarantors (defined therein), the Lenders (defined therein) and Bank of America, N.A., 
as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer. (Filed with the SEC on October 2, 2006 as exhibit 10.1 
to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 29, 2006 and incorporated herein by 
reference.) 

10.54**  Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2006, by and among the parties identified 

as “Grantors” on the signature pages thereto and such other parties as may become Grantors after the date 
thereof and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent for the holders of the Secured Obligations. (Filed with 
the SEC on October 2, 2006 as exhibit 10.2 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 
29, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.55**  Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement dated as of September 29, 2006, by and among the parties identified as 
“Pledgors” on the signature pages thereto and such other parties as may become Pledgors after the date thereof 
and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent for the holders of the Secured Obligations. (Filed with the SEC 
on October 2, 2006 as exhibit 10.3 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 29, 2006 
and incorporated herein by reference.) 

94 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Exhibit 
Number 

10.56  

Description of Exhibits 

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 3, 2006, relating to 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 
2016, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and the Initial Purchasers named therein. (Filed with the 
SEC on October 10, 2006 as exhibit 10.1 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 3, 
2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.57**   Parent Guaranty Agreement dated as of October 4, 2006, between FTI Consulting, Inc. and FTI FD Inc. (Filed with 
the SEC on October 10, 2006 as exhibit 10.7 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 3, 
2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.58* 

FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 25, 2006 (Filed 
with the SEC on October 26, 2006 as exhibit 10.1 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
October 25, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.59* 

FTI Consulting, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan (Filed with the SEC on April 28, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.60* 

FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan/Appendix II: Australian Sub-Plan. (Filed with the SEC on 
December 15, 2006 as exhibit 10.60 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-
139407) and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.61* 

FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan/Appendix III: Ireland Sub-Plan. (Filed with the SEC on 
December 15, 2006 as exhibit 10.61 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-
139407) and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.62* 

FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan/Appendix IV: United Kingdom Sub-Plan. (Filed with the 
SEC on December 15, 2006 as exhibit 10.62 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 
333-139407) and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.63* 

FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan Stock Option Agreement under FTI Consulting, 
Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan (Filed with the SEC on December 13, 2006 as exhibit 10.1 to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 11, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

10.64* 

FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Agreement under FTI Consulting, 
Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan (Filed with the SEC on December 13, 2006 as exhibit 10.2 to FTI 
Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 11, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

11.1†  

Computation of Earnings Per Share. (included in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part 
II — Item 8 herein). 

14.0  

16.1  

16.2  

FTI Consulting, Inc. Policy on Ethics and Business Conduct, as last amended and restated September 17, 2004. 
(Filed with the SEC on September 23, 2004 as exhibit 14.0 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Form 8-K dated September 17, 
2004 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

Letter dated April 26, 2006 from Ernst & Young LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding change 
in certifying accountant. (Filed with the SEC on April 26, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated April 26, 2006 and incorporated by reference.) 

Letter dated May 8, 2006 from Ernst & Young LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding change in 
certifying accountant. (Filed with the SEC on May 9, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K dated May 9, 2006 and incorporated by reference.) 

95 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Exhibit 
Number 

Description of Exhibits 

21.1†   Subsidiaries of FTI Consulting, Inc. 

23.0†   Consent of KPMG LLP 

23.1†   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP 

31.1†   Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15D-14(a) under the Securities Exchange 

Act of 1934, as amended (Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002). 

31.2†   Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15D-14(a) under the Securities Exchange 

Act of 1934, as amended (Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002). 

32.1†   Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 

of 2002). 

32.2†   Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 

of 2002). 

99.1   Policy on Disclosure Controls, as last amended and restated effective as of December 11, 2006. (Filed with the SEC on 

December 15, 2006 as exhibit 99.5 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-139407) 
and incorporated herein by reference.) 

99.2   Policy Statement on Inside Information and Insider Trading, as last amended and restated effective as of December 

11, 2006. (Filed with the SEC on December 15, 2006 as exhibit 99.6 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-4 (File No. 333-139407) and incorporated herein by reference.) 

99.3   Policy on Conflicts of Interest. (Filed with the SEC on March 27, 2003 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual 

Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

99.4   Corporate Governance Guidelines, as last amended and restated effective as of June 6, 2006. (Filed with the SEC on 
December 15, 2006 as exhibit 99.8 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-139407) 
and incorporated herein by reference.) 

99.5   Categorical Standards of Director Independence, as last amended and restated effective as of May 19, 2004 (Filed 
with the SEC on March 15, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended 
December 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

99.6   Charter of Audit Committee, as last amended and restated effective as of December 11, 2006. (Filed with the SEC on 
December 15, 2006 as exhibit 99.10 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-139407) 
and incorporated herein by reference.) 

99.7   Charter of the Compensation Committee, as last amended and restated effective as of December 11, 2006. (Filed with 

the SEC on December 15, 2006 as exhibit 99.11 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 
333-139407) and incorporated herein by reference.) 

99.8   Charter of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, as last amended and restated effective as of 

September 17, 2004 (Filed with the SEC on March 15, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.) 

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.  
Filed herewith.  

* 
† 
**  With certain exceptions that were specified at the time of initial filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, 

exhibits, schedules (or similar attachments) are not filed with the SEC. FTI Consulting, Inc. will furnish supplementally a 
copy of any omitted exhibit or schedule to the SEC upon request.  

96 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned; thereunto duly authorized this 12th day of March 2007.  

SIGNATURES  

FTI CONSULTING, INC. 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

/s/    JACK B. DUNN, IV         
Jack B. Dunn, IV 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

SIGNATURE 

CAPACITY IN WHICH SIGNED 

DATE 

Chairman of the Board 

March 12, 2007 

/s/    DENNIS J. SHAUGHNESSY 
Dennis J. Shaughnessy 

/s/    JACK B. DUNN, IV  
Jack B. Dunn, IV 

/s/    DOMINIC DINAPOLI  
Dominic DiNapoli 

/s/    THEODORE I. PINCUS  
Theodore I. Pincus 

Chief Executive Officer and 
President and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Executive Vice President and 
Chief Operating Officer 

Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

/s/    CHARLES BORYENACE  
Charles Boryenace 

Vice President and Controller 

(Principal Accounting Officer) 

/s/    BRENDA J. BACON  
Brenda J. Bacon 

/s/    MARK H. BEREY  
Mark H. Berey 

/s/    DENIS J. CALLAGHAN  
Denis J. Callaghan 

/s/    JAMES W. CROWNOVER  
James W. Crownover 

/s/    GERARD E. HOLTHAUS 
Gerard E. Holthaus 

/s/    MATTHEW F. MCHUGH  
Matthew F. McHugh 

/s/    GEORGE P. STAMAS 
George P. Stamas 

/s/    GARY C. WENDT 
Gary C. Wendt 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

97 

March 12, 2007 

March 12, 2007 

March 12, 2007 

March 12, 2007 

March 12, 2007 

March 12, 2007 

March 12, 2007 

March 12, 2007 

March 12, 2007 

March 12, 2007 

March 12, 2007 

March 12, 2007 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
SCHEDULE OF SUBSIDIARIES OF FTI CONSULTING, INC.  

Exhibit 21.1  

Name 

Competition Policy Associates, Inc. 
FTI BKS Acquisition LLC 
FTI Cambio LLC 
FTI Consulting Foundation Inc. 
FTI Consulting Limited 
FTI Financial Services Limited 
FTI Holder LLC 
FTI International Risk, LLC 
FTI Investigations, LLC 
FTI, LLC 
FTI IP, LLC 
FTI Capital Advisors, LLC 
FTI Repository Services, LLC 
FTI Ringtail (AUST) PTY LTD 
G3 Consulting Limited 
International Risk Limited 
International Risk Limited 
International Risk (Singapore) Pty Ltd. 
IRL (Holdings) Limited 
Lexecon, LLC 
FTI FD LLC 
FD MWA Holdings Inc. 
FD U.S. Communications, Inc. 
Dittus Communications, Inc. 
FD International (Holdings) Limited 
FD International 2 Limited 
FD International 3 Limited 
FD International 4 Limited 
Financial Dynamics Holding Ltd. 
Financial Dynamics Russia Ltd. 
Financial Dynamics Ireland Ltd. 
Financial Dynamics Ltd. 
FD International Ltd. 
Financial Dynamics Asia Ltd. 
85Four (Holdings) Ltd. 
85Four Ltd. 
LLM Holdings Limited 
LLM Communications Limited 
Financial Dynamics S.A. 
FTI Consulting B. V. 
FTI Consulting S.A. 
FTI Holder Consultoria S.A. 

Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation 

District of Columbia 
Maryland 
Maryland 
Maryland 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
Maryland 
Maryland 
Maryland 
Maryland 
Maryland 
Maryland 
Maryland 
Australia 
England and Wales 
Hong Kong 
Delaware 
Singapore 
British Virgin Is. 
Maryland 
Maryland 
Delaware 
New York 
District of Columbia 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
Republic of Ireland 
England and Wales 
United Kingdom 
Hong Kong 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
France 
Netherlands 
Argentina 
Brazil 

98 

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Exhibit 23.0 

The Board of Directors 
FTI Consulting, Inc. 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements No. 333-30173, 333-30357, 333-32160, 333-
64050, 333-92384, 333-105741, 333-115786, 333-115787, 333-125104, 333-134789, 333-134793, and 333-134790 on Form S-8 and 
registration statement No. 333-129715 on Form S-3 of FTI Consulting, Inc. of our reports dated March 12, 2007, with respect to 
the consolidated balance sheet of FTI Consulting, Inc. as of December 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of 
income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related financial statement schedule, 
management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 and the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, which reports appears in the December 31, 
2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K of FTI Consulting, Inc. 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting 

Standards No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, on January 1, 2006. 

Baltimore, Maryland  
March 12, 2007  

/s/ KPMG LLP  

Exhibit 23.1  

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of our report dated March 3, 2006 

(except for Note 13, as to which the date is September 15, 2006, and Note 14, as to which is the date March 12 2007), with respect 
to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of FTI Consulting, Inc., as of December 31, 2005 and for each of the two 
years in the period ended December 31, 2005 included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2006.  

Name 

Registration Statements on Form S-8 

Registration 
Number  

Date Filed  

Employee Stock Purchase Plan..............................................................................................  
1997 Stock Option Plan ........................................................................................................  
1997 Stock Option Plan, as Amended ....................................................................................  
1997 Stock Option Plan, as Amended and Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as Amended .............  
1997 Stock Option Plan, as Amended and Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as Amended .............  
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as Amended ..........................................................................  
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as Amended ..........................................................................  
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan .............................................................................................  
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as Amended ..........................................................................  
2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan...................................................................................  
2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan ......................................................................................  
Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors .........................  

June 2, 1997 
333-30173 
June 30, 1997 
333-30357 
March 10, 2000 
333-32160 
June 28, 2001 
333-64050 
July 15, 2003 
333-92384 
333-105741  May 30, 2003 
333-115786  May 24, 2004 
333-115787  May 24, 2004 
333-125104  May 20, 2005 
June 6, 2006 
333-134789 
June 6, 2006 
333-134793 
June 6, 2006 
333-134790 

Registration Statement on Form S-3 

$150.0 million in principal amount of 3  3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes 

due July 15, 2012 and 4,799,700 shares of common stock representing the number of 
shares of common stock that may be initially issuable upon conversion of the 
registered notes ..............................................................................................................  

333-129715 

November 15, 2005 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP  

Baltimore, Maryland  
March 12, 2007  

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER  
Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)  
(Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)  

 Exhibit 31.1  

I, Jack B. Dunn, IV, certify that:  

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of FTI Consulting, Inc.;  

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report;  

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared;  

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to 
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles;  

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and  

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an Annual Report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and  

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions):  

(a) 

(b) 

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and  

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 12, 2007  

By: 

/s/    JACK B. DUNN, IV         

Jack B. Dunn, IV 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(principal executive officer) 

100 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER  
Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)  
(Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)  

Exhibit 31.2  

I, Theodore I. Pincus, certify that:  

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of FTI Consulting, Inc.;  

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report;  

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared;  

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to 
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles;  

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and  

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an Annual Report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and  

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions):  

(a) 

(b) 

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and  

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 12, 2007  

By: 

/s/    THEODORE I. PINCUS         

Theodore I. Pincus 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial officer) 

101 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER  
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350  
(Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)  

Exhibit 32.1  

In connection with the Annual Report of FTI Consulting, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended 

December 31, 2006, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jack B. Dunn, IV, 
President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:  

1. 

2. 

the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934; and  

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 
of operations of the Company.  

Date: March 12, 2007  

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained 

by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.  

By: 

/s/    JACK B. DUNN, IV         

Jack B. Dunn, IV 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(principal executive officer) 

102 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER  
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350  
(Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)  

Exhibit 32.2  

In connection with the Annual Report of FTI Consulting, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended 

December 31, 2006, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Theodore I. Pincus, 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:  

1. 

2. 

the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934; and  

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 
of operations of the Company.  

Date: March 12, 2007  

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained 

by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.  

By: 

/s/    THEODORE I. PINCUS         

Theodore I. Pincus 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial officer) 

103 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock from 
December 31, 2001 through December 31, 2006 with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index 
and a peer group index comprised of CRA International, Inc., Navigant Consulting, Inc., Resources 
Connections, Inc., Robert Half International, Inc., LECG Corporation and Huron Consulting Group Inc., 
collectively, the Peer Group. Our common stock price is published every weekday except holidays.  
Huron went public in October 2004; therefore, its common stock prices have been published for a 
limited time. The Peer Group index was compiled by us as of December 31, 2006.

The graph assumes an investment of $100 in each of FTI, the S&P 500 Index and the Peer Group on 
December 31, 2001. The comparison assumes that all dividends, if any, are reinvested into additional 
shares of common stock during the holding period.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among FTI Consulting, Inc., The S&P 500 Index and a Peer Group

$200

$150

$100

$50

12/01

12/02

12/03

12/04

12/05

12/06

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

PEER GROUP

S & P 500

* $100 invested on 12/31/01 in stock or index-including reinvestment of dividends.  
Fiscal year ending December 31.

 
CORPORATE TEAM

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Jack B. Dunn, IV
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Dennis J. Shaughnessy
Chairman of the Board 

Dennis J. Shaughnessy
Chairman of the Board

Dominic DiNapoli
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Operating Officer 

Theodore I. Pincus
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

John A. MacColl
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Legal and Risk Officer 

David G. Bannister
Executive Vice President – 
Corporate Development 

Eric Miller
Senior Vice President and  
General Counsel 

Curt A. H. Jeschke, Jr.
Vice President – Internal Audit 

Charles Boryenace
Vice President and Controller 

Joanne F. Catanese
Associate General Counsel and Secretary 

Greg Wills
Chief Information Officer 

Cheryl J. Meeks
Assistant Secretary 

Jack B. Dunn, IV
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Brenda J. Bacon
President and Chief Executive Officer
Brandywine Senior Care, Inc. 

Mark H. Berey
Executive Vice President of  
Business Development,  
Chief Financial Officer and Director
Avendra, LLC

Denis J. Callaghan
Retired Former Director of  
North American Equity Research
Deutsche Bank Alex. Brown

James W. Crownover
Former Head of Southwest Practice,
Co-Head of Energy Practice
McKinsey and Company 

Gerard E. Holthaus
Chairman of Board, President  
and Chief Executive Officer 
Williams Scotsman, Inc.

Matthew F. McHugh
Former Nine-Term 
United States Congressman 

George P. Stamas
Partner
Kirkland & Ellis 

Gary C. Wendt
Former Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer
GE Capital Services

Executive Office
500 E. Pratt Street, Suite 1400
Baltimore, Maryland 21202
410-951-4800

Principal Place of Business
909 Commerce Road
Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Annual Stockholders’ Meeting
The 2007 annual meeting of  
stockholders will be held on  
May 16, 2007, at 9:30 a.m. at  
our executive offices at  
500 E. Pratt Street, Suite 1400, 
Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

Independent Registered
Public Accountants
KPMG LLP
Baltimore, Maryland

Transfer Agent
American Stock Transfer &  
Trust Company
New York, New York

Stock
FTI’s stock trades on the  
New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)  
under the symbol FCN.

Investor Relations Firm
FD
Wall Street Plaza
88 Pine Street, 32nd Floor
New York, New York 10005 
212-850-5600

Stockholder Information
Our internet website is www.fticonsulting.com. We make available, free of charge on our website, our annual reports on Form 
10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports and proxy statements as 
soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file with or furnish such materials to the SEC. We also make available on 
our website our Corporate Governance Guidelines; Categorical Standards of Director Independence; Policy on Ethics and Business 
Conduct; Charters for the Audit, Compensation, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees of our Board of Direc-
tors; other corporate governance documents; and any amendments to those documents. You may request paper copies of our 
2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K and the other documents filed with the SEC by contacting FTI Consulting, Inc., 500 East Pratt 
Street, Suite 1400, Baltimore, MD 21202, Attn: Corporate Secretary.

SEC and NYSE Certifications
The most recent certification by our chief executive officer and principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 have been filed as exhibits to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 13, 2007. Our chief executive officer’s most recent certification to the New 
York Stock Exchange was submitted on July 7, 2006.



®

FTI Consulting, Inc.
500 E. Pratt Street, Suite 1400
Baltimore, Maryland 21202
410-951-4800

www.fticonsulting.com

NYSE: FCN

0